WO2023134527A1 - 发送信息的方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

发送信息的方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023134527A1
WO2023134527A1 PCT/CN2023/070593 CN2023070593W WO2023134527A1 WO 2023134527 A1 WO2023134527 A1 WO 2023134527A1 CN 2023070593 W CN2023070593 W CN 2023070593W WO 2023134527 A1 WO2023134527 A1 WO 2023134527A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
indication information
resources
auxiliary
recommended
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/070593
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黄海宁
黎超
杨帆
张天虹
米翔
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023134527A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023134527A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H04W4/46—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for vehicle-to-vehicle communication [V2V]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/02—Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25—Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of sidelink communication, and more specifically, to a method and a communication device for sending information.
  • mode 1 also called mode1
  • mode 2 also called mode2
  • mode 2 supports resource awareness and selection/reselection process.
  • a terminal can assist other terminals in resource selection, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • the first terminal provides resources to the second terminal based on the request of the second terminal, and the resources are used to assist the second terminal in resource selection.
  • the first terminal provides a resource set to the second terminal, and the resources included in the resource set may be resources recommended by the first terminal to be used or not used by the second terminal.
  • the second terminal needs to determine a resource set, and ensure that there are enough resources in the resource set for the physical control sidelink channel (physical control sidelink channel, PSCCH)/physical sidelink Transmission of a shared channel (physical sidelink shared channel, PSSCH).
  • the second terminal may not use them during the resource selection process.
  • the second terminal are treated indiscriminately.
  • the second terminal performs sidelink transmission based on the resource selected on the basis of the indiscriminate processing, and the reliability of the transmission is not high.
  • the present application provides a method for sending information and a communication device, which can improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • a method for sending information includes:
  • the first device determines the frequency domain resource indication information, wherein the frequency domain resource indication information indicates the frequency domain start position and size of the auxiliary resource; wherein the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is the first device Not recommended resources; the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the first device sends frequency domain resource indication information to the second device.
  • the first device and the second device may both be terminal devices or terminal devices, which are not limited.
  • the explanation here is also applicable to the methods in other aspects and will not be repeated here.
  • the first value is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device, and may also be any of the following expressions:
  • the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device.
  • the first value corresponds to: the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; or
  • the first value indicates that: the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device.
  • the second value is used to determine that the time slot in which the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first terminal device does not expect to receive, and may also express the following meanings:
  • the second value association the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first terminal device does not expect to receive;
  • the second value corresponds to: the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first terminal device does not expect to receive; or,
  • the second value indicates that: the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first terminal device does not expect to receive.
  • the first device can provide more information to the second device (the assisted device), and then the second device can identify the two different types of non-recommended resources. treated differently. For example, when the resources to be used by the second device are insufficient, the second device may use a part of the first type of unrecommended resources among the two types of unrecommended resources. This is because the first type of non-recommended resources is determined by the first device according to the degree of interference. When the second device uses this part of resources, the improvement of transmission reliability will be reduced, but it is still beneficial to the improvement of transmission reliability.
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are resources that the first device does not expect the second device to use as the receiving device of the second device.
  • the second device uses this type of resource, and the first device cannot receive due to half-duplex restrictions. The transfer must fail. Therefore, distinguishing the two types of unrecommended resources can enable the second device to maximize the use of the two types of unrecommended resources and improve the reliability of its own transmission.
  • the reserved state in the FRIV field is used to indicate two types of non-recommended resources, and no new signaling overhead is introduced, which achieves the effect of saving signaling overhead and makes full use of the FRIV field.
  • a method for sending information includes:
  • the first device determines RSRP measurement information corresponding to the auxiliary resource, where the RSRP measurement information has a first measurement value or a second measurement value; the first measurement value is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the second The measurement value is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the first device sends RSRP measurement information to the second device.
  • for determining may also be replaced by association, indication, or correspondence, etc., without limitation.
  • the first device sends RSRP measurement information to the second device, including:
  • the first device sends auxiliary information to the second device, where the auxiliary information includes RSRP measurement information, and the auxiliary information further includes at least one of frequency domain resource indication information, time domain resource indication information, and resource reservation period.
  • the first device can provide more information to the second device (the assisted device), and then the second device can identify the two different types of non-recommended resources. treated differently. For example, when the resources to be used by the second device are insufficient, the second device may use a part of the first type of unrecommended resources among the two types of unrecommended resources. This is because the first type of non-recommended resources is determined by the first device according to the degree of interference. When the second device uses this part of resources, the improvement of transmission reliability will be reduced, but it is still beneficial to the improvement of transmission reliability.
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are resources that the first device does not expect the second device to use as the receiving device of the second device.
  • the second device uses this type of resource, and the first device cannot receive due to half-duplex restrictions. The transfer must fail. Therefore, distinguishing the two types of unrecommended resources can enable the second device to maximize the use of the two types of unrecommended resources and improve the reliability of its own transmission.
  • Using the RSRP measurement value to indicate the two types of non-recommended resources does not introduce additional signaling overhead, and makes full use of the field of the RSRP measurement value.
  • a method for sending information includes:
  • the first device determines the first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a first number N, the first number is the number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, the auxiliary resources are used for resource selection of the second device, and N is not negative integer;
  • the first device sends first indication information to the second device.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device sends second indication information to the second device, where the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resources are: non-recommended resources, recommended resources, or non-recommended resources and recommended resources;
  • the second indication information is indicated by the first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling.
  • a method for indicating resources includes:
  • the first device determines a first resource, where the first resource includes M sub-resources in the resource set, where M is a positive integer;
  • the first device sends first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information indicates start positions of the M sub-resources, or, the first indication information indicates start positions of some sub-resources of the M sub-resources.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency-domain starting positions of the M sub-resources, or the first indication information indicates the frequency-domain starting positions of some sub-resources of the M sub-resources.
  • a method for receiving information includes:
  • the second device obtains frequency-domain resource indication information, and the frequency-domain resource indication information indicates the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource; the first value of the frequency-domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device ; The second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the second device determines the type of the auxiliary resource according to the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • a method for receiving information includes:
  • the second device acquires RSRP measurement information corresponding to the auxiliary resource, where the RSRP measurement information has a first measurement value or a second measurement value; the first measurement value is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device, and the second The measurement value is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the second device determines the type of the auxiliary resource according to the RSRP measurement information.
  • the second device determines the type of the auxiliary resource according to the RSRP measurement information. It can also be any of the following expressions:
  • the second device selects resources according to RSRP measurement information; or the second device uses RSRP measurement information during the resource selection process; or
  • the second device refers to the RSRP measurement information during the resource selection process.
  • the second device obtains the RSRP measurement information corresponding to the auxiliary resource, including:
  • the second device receives auxiliary information from the first device, where the auxiliary information includes the measurement information of the RSRP, and the auxiliary information further includes at least one of frequency domain resource indication information, time domain resource indication information, and resource reservation period;
  • the second device acquires RSRP measurement information from the auxiliary information.
  • a method for receiving information includes:
  • the second device receives first indication information from the first device, the first indication information indicates a first number N, the first number is the number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and the auxiliary resources are used for resource selection of the second device , N is a non-negative integer;
  • the second device determines the number of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resource according to the first indication information.
  • auxiliary resource is used for resource selection of the second device, and may also be any of the following expressions:
  • the auxiliary resource is a reference resource in the resource selection of the second device.
  • the second device refers to an auxiliary resource in resource selection
  • the second device uses the auxiliary resource in resource selection.
  • the second device determines the number of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resource according to the first indication information. It may also be: the second device determines the auxiliary resource according to the first indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second device receives second indication information from the first device, where the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resource is: a non-recommended resource, a recommended resource, or a non-recommended resource and a recommended resource;
  • the second indication information is indicated by the first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling.
  • a method for indicating resources includes:
  • the second device receives first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M sub-resources, or the first indication information indicates the start positions of some sub-resources of the M sub-resources ;
  • the second device determines the starting positions of the M sub-resources according to the first indication information.
  • the auxiliary resources are used by the second device to perform resource selection.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource and the first device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • the range of the first value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the first value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the second measurement value is at least one of the following:
  • the first number N is less than or equal to the second number, and the second number is a configured or preconfigured value.
  • the first indication information includes reservation information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI only carries auxiliary information,
  • the auxiliary information includes resource indication information;
  • the first indication information includes MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI;
  • the first indication information includes some bits or states of the MCS indication information in the first-level SCI, and/or, some bits or states of the MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates the shared channel bearer auxiliary information scheduled by the first-level SCI, so
  • the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information
  • the first-level SCI does not include MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the MCS indication information may also be replaced by an MCS indication field; the MCS table indication information may be replaced by an MCS table indication field.
  • the format of the first-level SCI is different from SCI format 1-A.
  • the first indication information includes a second-level SCI or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information includes a MAC subhead or a MAC header in the MAC CE.
  • the first quantity is equal to the second quantity, and the combination of resource indication information includes frequency domain resource indication information;
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource
  • the fourth value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is the reservation status of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first quantity is equal to the second quantity, and the combination of resource indication information includes time domain resource indication information;
  • the third value of the time domain resource indication information is used to indicate the time domain position of the auxiliary resource
  • the fourth value of the time-domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is the reservation state of the time-domain resource indication information.
  • the first quantity is equal to the second quantity, and the combination of resource indication information includes resource reservation period information;
  • the third value of the resource reservation period information is used to indicate the reservation period of the periodically reserved resources
  • the fourth value of the resource reservation period information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is the reservation status of the resource reservation period information.
  • an invalid combination may be interpreted as that the resource indicated by the combination is not an auxiliary resource.
  • the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resource is: a non-recommended resource, a recommended resource, or a non-recommended resource and a recommended resource;
  • the second indication information is indicated by the first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling.
  • the second indication information is indicated by reserved bits or reserved status in the first-level SCI.
  • the second indication information is indicated by configuration signaling of the network device or preconfigured configuration signaling.
  • the first number N includes the number of non-recommended resources and/or the number of recommended resources.
  • the auxiliary resource is a non-recommended resource
  • the non-recommended resource includes a first type of non-recommended resource and a second type of non-recommended resource
  • the first type of non-recommended resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the second type of non-recommended resource is a resource that the first device does not expect to receive.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the first type of unrecommended resources are unrecommended resources determined based on the degree of resource interference, which may specifically be determined according to conditions.
  • the resource not recommended by the first device may be a resource determined according to a first condition, and the first condition may be: the measured value of RSRP corresponding to the resource is greater than the first threshold; or, the measured value of RSRP corresponding to the resource is less than the second threshold (in this case, the first device is the receiving device of the second device or the first device is the receiving device of the device sending the resource).
  • the second type of unrecommended resources are unrecommended resources determined based on half-duplex restrictions. In this case, the first device is a receiving device of the second device. If the first device does not expect to receive transmissions from the second device on a resource based on the half-duplex working mode, then the resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the first type of unrecommended resources is: the measured RSRP value corresponding to the reserved resource indicated by the SCI of the other device detected by the first device is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is determined by the priority value indicated by the SCI of other devices and the priority value used by the first device for resource selection.
  • the first type of unrecommended resources is: the RSRP measurement value corresponding to the reserved resources indicated by the SCI of other devices detected by the first device is less than the second threshold, and the first device is the receiving device of other devices or the first device A device is a receiving device for a second device.
  • the second threshold is determined by the priority value indicated by the SCI of other devices and the priority value used by the first device for resource selection.
  • the second type of unrecommended resources is: the resources or time slots that the first device is not expected to receive as the receiving device of the second device are unrecommended resources or time slots.
  • the first number N includes the number of unrecommended resources and the number of unrecommended resources of the first type.
  • the first number N includes the number of unrecommended resources and the number of unrecommended resources of the second type.
  • the first number N includes the quantity of the first type of non-recommended resources and the quantity of the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the first number N is 0, the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI does not include auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information includes resource indication information.
  • the first indication information is second-level sidelink control information SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, the first field indicates the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources, and the second field indicates a sub-resource other than the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources The starting location of the resource.
  • the first field and the second field are different fields in the second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the second field is also used to indicate the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of M is 3, and the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource, the starting position of the third sub-resource, and the size of the M sub-resources are the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource, the starting position of the third sub-resource, and the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the size of the first sub-resource, the size of the second sub-resource and the size of the third sub-resource are the same value.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • i is a positive integer, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, and L subCH is the size of M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of M sub-resources
  • i is a positive integer
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following conditions:
  • FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels contained in the resource set, L subCH is the size of M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second subresource, is the starting position of the third sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the value of M is 2, and the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the sizes of the M sub-resources are the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the size of the first sub-resource and the size of the second sub-resource are the same value.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the i is a positive integer, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second subresource.
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following conditions:
  • FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the starting position of the first subresource among the M subresources is determined by the size of the M subresources.
  • the size of the M sub-resources and the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources satisfy a mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship includes the following one or Multiple;
  • the first resource is a frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain start positions of the M subresources.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M-1 sub-resources among the M sub-resources, where the position of the time-domain resource where the first indication information is located before the time-domain positions of the M sub-resources.
  • the first indication information further indicates a time-domain position of a sub-resource whose start position is not indicated among the M sub-resources.
  • the resource whose starting position is not indicated among the M sub-resources is the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources, or the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources The last subresource of the M subresources, or any subresource except the first subresource and the last subresource among the M subresources.
  • the time-domain position of the subresource whose starting position is not indicated is determined by the time-domain offset value of the first time slot and the second time slot, and the first The time slot is the time slot where the first indication information is located, and the second time slot is the time slot where the subresource whose starting position is not indicated is located, the value of the time domain offset value comes from the first configuration information, and the The index value corresponding to the value of the time domain offset value is indicated by the first indication information.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource, and the first device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • a communication device in a ninth aspect, has a function of implementing any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of these aspects.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • a communication device in a tenth aspect, has a function of implementing any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of these aspects.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device performs any one of the first to fourth aspects, or these aspects A method in any of the possible implementations of .
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to invoke and run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device performs any one of the fifth to eighth aspects, or these aspects A method in any of the possible implementations of .
  • a communication device including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor, the The processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output the data and/or information processed by the processor, so that any one of the first to fourth aspects, or any of these aspects A method in any possible implementation is executed.
  • a communication device including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor, the The processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output the data and/or information processed by the processor, so that any one of the fifth to eighth aspects, or any of these aspects A method in any possible implementation is executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions are run on a computer, as in any one of the first to eighth aspects, Or a method in any possible implementation of these aspects is performed.
  • a computer program product includes computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, such that any one of the first to eighth aspects, or these A method in any possible implementation of any of the aspects is performed.
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a wireless communication system, including the communication device according to the ninth aspect, and/or the communication device according to the tenth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the present application.
  • Figure 2 is an example of a communication system suitable for this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of resources indicated by the TRIV field and the FRIV field in the SCI.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a multiplexing structure of PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • FIG. 7 shows the resources indicated by the SCI and the resources determined according to the TRIV field, the FRIV field and the resource reservation period in the SCI.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating resources provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is an example of determining a frequency-domain starting position of a first subresource among M subresources included in a first resource.
  • Fig. 10 is an example of an implementation manner of indicating a time-domain position of a sub-resource provided in the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending information provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending information provided by the present application.
  • Figure 13 shows candidate resource positions under different L.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending information provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in the present application.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can be applied to communication systems related to vehicles, that is, the transmission between terminals and the transmission between vehicles and terminals. Also includes transmissions between network devices and terminals/vehicles.
  • Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication system applicable to the present application.
  • the vehicle terminal needs to be connected to the network to obtain some configuration information, and also needs to be connected to other vehicle terminals to realize vehicle communication.
  • the connection between the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment and the network equipment is an uplink and downlink, and the connection between the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is a sidelink.
  • network equipment mainly refers to base stations, also known as wireless access points, transceiver stations, relay stations, cells, transceiver points TPR, evolved base stations (envoledNodeB, eNodeB), next generation base stations (next generationNodeB, gNB), and The road site unit (road site unit, RSU), etc., this application does not limit it.
  • the terminal device may be a device that includes a wireless transceiver function and can provide communication services for users.
  • the terminal device may be a device in a V2X system, a device in a device to device (device to device, D2D) system, a device in a machine-type communication (machine-type communication, MTC) system, etc.
  • a terminal device may refer to an industrial robot, an industrial automation device, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, Terminal, wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal MS, CPE, vehicle terminal, user agent or user device.
  • a terminal device may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless Handheld devices with communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) network or networks after 5G, or future evolving public Terminal equipment in a land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc., is not limited in this application.
  • sidelink control information includes two levels of SCI, which are the first level SCI and the second level SCI, which are respectively denoted as SCI-1 and SCI-2 below.
  • SCI-1 is carried on the physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH).
  • SCI-1 includes priority field, frequency resource assignment (FRIV) field, time resource assignment (timeresource assignment, TRIV) field, and resource reservation period, etc.
  • FRIV frequency resource assignment
  • TRIV time resource assignment
  • SCI-1 schedules SCI-2 and PSSCH in PSSCH.
  • SCI-2 is carried on a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH), which includes fields such as source identifier (identifier, ID) and destination ID.
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the receiving terminal in the sidelink communication determines whether to receive the information in the PSSCH according to SCI-1 and SCI-2.
  • the UE uses the mode2 resource selection method to select resources, and uses SCI to indicate resources.
  • the resources indicated by SCI include two types: resources currently used by SCI and reserved resources (reserved resources are not used).
  • the SCI includes a TRIV field and a FRIV field.
  • TRIV field when the maximum number of resources indicated by the SCI is 2, the number of bits occupied by the TRIV field is 5 bits; when the maximum number of resources indicated by the SCI is 3, the number of bits occupied by this field is 9 bits.
  • FRIV field When the maximum number of resources indicated by the SCI is 2, the number of bits occupied by this field is When the maximum number of resources indicated by the SCI is 3, the number of bits occupied by this field is in, Indicates rounding up.
  • the SCI needs to indicate these 3 resources
  • the time domain position (for example, the time slot), the frequency domain start position and the length of each resource.
  • the function of the FRIV field in the SCI is to indicate the starting position and length of the frequency domain of the resources, and the frequency domain lengths of the resources indicated by the SCI are equal.
  • the role of the TRIV field is to indicate the time domain location of the resource.
  • the TRIV field indicates the actual logical time interval of 1 resource or 2 resources; when the maximum number of resources indicated by the SCI is 3, the TRIV field indicates the actual 1 or 2 resources Logical time interval for 2 or 3 resources.
  • the determination process of the time interval is as follows:
  • the time slot where the first resource is located is the time slot for receiving the SCI.
  • Ti represents the time interval (time domain offset value) in units of logical time slots compared with the first resource in the resource pool.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of resources indicated by the TRIV field and the FRIV field in the SCI.
  • resources indicated in the SCI include a used resource R1-0 and reserved resources R1-1 and R1-2.
  • the frequency domain starting positions of the three resources indicated by the SCI are represented as n1-0, n1-1 and n1-2 respectively, and the frequency domain lengths of the three resources are equal, which is L sub .
  • the TRIV field indicates the slot where the second resource R1-1 is located and the slot where the third resource R1-2 is located. Among them, the time domain position of the first resource R1-0 does not need to be indicated, because when other UEs detect the SCI sent by UE A, the time domain position of the first resource R1-0 is the time slot for receiving the SCI.
  • the FRIV field indicates the frequency domain starting position of the second resource R1-1 and the frequency domain starting position of the third resource R1-2 and the frequency domain length. Among them, the starting position n1-0 of the frequency domain of the first resource R1-0 does not need to be indicated, because when other UEs detect the SCI sent by UE A, they can calculate the frequency of the first resource according to the subchannel of the SCI. Domain start position, therefore need not be indicated in the FRIV field.
  • the determination method of the FRIV field is as follows:
  • L subCH is the frequency domain length of the resource indicated by the SCI; is the starting position of the second resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the determination method of the FRIV field is as follows:
  • L subCH is the frequency domain length of the resource indicated by the SCI
  • is the starting position of the second resource is the starting position of the third sub-resource
  • i is a positive integer.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a multiplexing structure of PSCCH and PSSCH.
  • FIG. 7 shows the resources indicated by the SCI and the resources determined according to the TRIV field, the FRIV field and the resource reservation period in the SCI.
  • the resources indicated by SCI include the used resource R1-0 and reserved resources R1-1 and R1-2; and R2-0, R2-1, R2-2 .
  • R2-0, R2-1, and R2-2 are determined according to R1-0, reserved resources R1-1, R1-2, and periods.
  • the time interval between resource R1-0 and resource R2-0 is period P
  • the time interval between resource R1-1 and resource R2-1 is period P
  • the time interval between resource R1-2 and resource R2-2 is period P.
  • the period P is determined according to the resource reservation period field in the SCI, and the number of bits occupied is N rsv_period is a set of values of the resource reservation period configured by the upper layer.
  • Other UEs can deduce the resources in the first period and the resources in the subsequent periods according to the detection of the TRIV field, FRIV field and resource reservation period field in the SCI sent by UE A.
  • the numbers “first”, “second”, etc. are used independently.
  • the first indication information in FIG. 8 is applicable to the method 300 in FIG. 8 and various embodiments of the method 300 .
  • the “first indication information” in FIG. 11 is applicable to the method 500 in FIG. 11 and various embodiments of the method 500 .
  • the first indication information in FIG. 8 and the first indication information in FIG. 11 express different meanings in their respective schemes and cannot be mixed.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating resources provided by the present application.
  • the first device determines a first resource, where the first resource includes M sub-resources in the resource set, where M is a positive integer.
  • a resource set can be understood as a time-frequency resource set.
  • a collection of resources is a resource pool.
  • the resource pool is a set of time-frequency resources used for sidelink transmission.
  • the first resource may be understood as a resource collection including M sub-resources.
  • the first device sends first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M subresources, or the first indication information indicates the starting positions of some of the M subresources.
  • the start position can be replaced with an end position or position.
  • the second device receives the first indication information.
  • the second device determines the start positions of the M sub-resources according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is a second-level SCI and/or a medium access control element MAC CE.
  • the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M sub-resources, or the first indication information indicates the start positions of some sub-resources in the M sub-resources, which may be implemented in various ways.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field
  • the first field indicates the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources
  • the second field indicates the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources The starting position of subresources outside of subresources.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources and the starting positions of other sub-resources other than the first sub-resource through two fields .
  • the first field and the second field are different fields in the second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the second field is also used to indicate the size of the M sub-resources. That is, the second field indicates the starting positions of sub-resources other than the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources, and the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the first indication information is combination d among N combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and combination d includes a first field and a second field.
  • the second field is a FRIV field
  • the FRIV field indicates the frequency-domain start position and size of the sub-resources except the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources.
  • the first field indicates the frequency-domain starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain position and length of each sub-resource of the M sub-resources.
  • the first device can effectively indicate M auxiliary resources to the second device.
  • the first indication information is combination d among N combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and combination d includes the second field.
  • the first field is a field associated with combination d other than combination d.
  • the second field is a FRIV field, and the FRIV field indicates the frequency-domain start position and size of the sub-resources except the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources.
  • the first field indicates the frequency-domain starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency domain position and length of each sub-resource of the M sub-resources.
  • the first device can effectively indicate M auxiliary resources to the second device.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more parameters, and the one or more parameters indicate the starting positions of the M sub-resources, or the one or more parameters can be used to determine the M sub-resources The starting location of the resource.
  • the first resource includes 3 sub-resources in the resource set, which are respectively referred to as the first sub-resource, the second sub-resource and the third sub-resource below.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting positions of some or all of the three sub-resources included in the first resource.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second resource, the starting position of the third sub-resource, and the size of the M sub-resources are the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second resource, the starting position of the third sub-resource, and the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the second device receives the first indication information from the second device, and according to the value of the first indication information, it can determine the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource, the starting position of the third sub-resource , and one or more of the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is a function of one or more parameters above. After the second device obtains the value of the first indication information, the value of the one or more parameters can be determined.
  • the value of the first indication information is a function of the starting position of the first sub-resource
  • the second device can determine the starting position of the first sub-resource according to the value of the first indication information.
  • the value of the first indication information is a function of the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the starting position of the third sub-resource, then the second device The value of the information can determine the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the starting position of the third sub-resource.
  • the first device may determine the sizes of the M sub-resources according to the value of the first indication information.
  • the size of the first sub-resource, the size of the second sub-resource and the size of the third sub-resource are the same value. In other words, the size of the first subresource, the size of the second subresource, and the size of the third subresource are equal.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set
  • L subCH is the size of M sub-resources
  • i is a positive integer.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of M sub-resources
  • i is a positive integer
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following condition (3):
  • FRIV is the value of the first indication information
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set
  • L subCH is the size of M sub-resources
  • is the starting position of the first subresource is the starting position of the second subresource
  • i is a positive integer.
  • the first indication information indicates the start positions of the two sub-resources included in the first resource or the start positions of some sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second resource, and the size of the M sub-resources (M 2).
  • the second device receives the first indication information from the first device, and according to the value of the first indication information, it can determine the starting position of the first resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the size of the M sub-resources One or more values of .
  • the value of the first indication information is a function of one or more parameters above. After the second device obtains the value of the first indication information, the value of the one or more parameters can be determined.
  • the value of the first indication information is a function of the starting position of the first sub-resource, and the second device can determine the starting position of the first sub-resource according to the value of the first indication information.
  • the value of the first indication information is a function of the starting position of the first sub-resource and the starting position of the second sub-resource, then the second device can determine the The starting position of the first subresource and the starting position of the second subresource.
  • the second device can determine the starting position and size of the M sub-resources according to the value of the first indication information. start position and size.
  • the size of the first sub-resource and the size of the second sub-resource are the same value. In other words, the size of the first sub-resource is equal to the size of the second sub-resource.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of M sub-resources
  • i is a positive integer
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following condition (4):
  • FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels contained in the resource set, L subCH is the size of M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more parameters.
  • the first indication information is determined by a parameter, and the parameter is M The size of the subresource.
  • the size of the M sub-resources and the starting position of the first sub-resource in the M sub-resources satisfy a mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship includes one or more of the following:
  • the second device receives the first indication information, where the first indication information indicates the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the second device determines the sizes of the M sub-resources according to the first indication information. Further, since a mapping relationship is satisfied between the size of the M sub-resources and the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources, the second device can determine the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources based on the mapping relationship the starting position of .
  • the first indication information may be resource indication information of the first resource, and the resource indication information includes at least the time domain resource allocation TRIV field and the frequency domain resource allocation FRIV field of the first resource, wherein the TRIV field It is used to indicate the time domain position of other subresources other than the first subresource among the M subresources included in the first resource, and the FRIV field is used to indicate the frequency domain length of the M subresources included in the first resource, and Frequency-domain start positions of other sub-resources except the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources.
  • the FRIV field may be determined according to the above formula (1) or formula (2).
  • the second device receives the first indication information, and determines, according to the value of the first indication information, the value of the parameter used to indicate the frequency domain length of the M sub-resources. Then, according to the one-to-one mapping relationship between the frequency domain lengths of the M sub-resources and the start position of the first sub-resource, the start position of the first sub-resource can be determined. Further, the second device can determine the time domain position and the frequency domain start position of each subresource among the M subresources contained in the first resource in combination with the resource indication information of the first resource (specifically, the TRIV field and the FRIV field). and frequency domain length.
  • the resource indication information of the first resource specifically, the TRIV field and the FRIV field.
  • the second device sends trigger information to the first device, where the trigger information includes at least one of a resource reservation period, a number of subchannels, and a priority value.
  • the first device determines the auxiliary resource according to the trigger information, and the size of the subchannel of the auxiliary resource is the number of subchannels in the trigger information.
  • the frequency domain length of the M sub-resources is the number of the sub-channels.
  • the parameter used to indicate the frequency domain length of the M subresources may be used to indicate the frequency domain start position of the first subresource.
  • the value range of L sub is [1,N subCH ], the first subresource
  • the value range of the starting position in the frequency domain (denoted as n start ) is [0,N subCH -L sub ], by establishing the value of the starting position n start in the frequency domain of the first subresource and the frequency of the M subresources
  • the mapping relationship between the values of the domain length L sub makes each value of the frequency domain start position n start of the first subresource uniquely correspond to one value of the frequency domain length L sub of the M subresources.
  • the first device sends resource indication information of the first resource to the second device, the resource indication information includes frequency domain resource indication information of the first resource, and the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain of the M sub-resources contained in the first resource length.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information is a FRIV field.
  • the mapping relationship may be: the starting position of the first subresource in the frequency domain is the size of the M subresources (that is, the frequency domain length of the M subresources) minus an offset value.
  • the offset value is 1.
  • FIG. 9 is an example of determining a frequency-domain start position of a first subresource among M subresources included in a first resource.
  • the mapping relationship between the starting position of the frequency domain of the first subresource and the length of the frequency domain is satisfied: the starting position of the frequency domain of the first subresource plus an offset value is equal to the length of the frequency domain , and the frequency domain length determined by the second device according to the FRIV field is 2, then the frequency domain length subtracts the offset value (assuming the offset value is 1), and the frequency domain starting position of the first subresource is obtained as 1.
  • N subCH -L sub +1 values are selected from [1,N subCH ] values, and the N subCH -L sub +1 values are mapped one-to-one with [0,N subCH -L sub ].
  • selecting N subCH -L sub +1 values from [1,N subCH ] values may be selecting the first N subCH -L sub +1 values [1,N subCH -L sub +1], or After selection, N subCH -L sub +1 values [L sub , N subCH ], or randomly select N subCH -L sub +1 values.
  • the foregoing first resource is a frequency domain resource.
  • the starting position indicated by the first indication information is the starting position in the frequency domain.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting position in the frequency domain of the M sub-resources or M The frequency-domain start positions of some sub-resources in sub-resources.
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency-domain starting positions of (M-1) sub-resources among the M sub-resources, where the position of the time-domain resource where the first indication information is located is within the M sub-resources. Before the temporal location of the resource. At this time, the first indication information also indicates the time-domain position of a sub-resource whose starting position is not indicated among the M sub-resources.
  • the first indication information only indicates the frequency-domain start positions of (M-1) sub-resources among the M sub-resources, and the frequency-domain start position of one sub-resource is included in the first indication information Not indicated.
  • subresource a the subresource not indicated with the start position of the frequency domain.
  • the subresource (for example, subresource a) for which the start position of the frequency domain is not indicated may be the first subresource, the last subresource, or the first subresource and the last subresource among the M subresources. Any subresource other than subresources.
  • the frequency domain starting position of the subresource a may be indicated by the first device alone.
  • the time domain position of the subresource not indicated with the frequency domain start position is determined by the time domain offset value between the first time slot and the second time slot.
  • the first time slot is a time slot in which the first indication information is located
  • the second time slot is a time slot in which the subresource not indicated with the start position of the frequency domain is located.
  • the value of the time domain offset value comes from the first configuration information, and the index value corresponding to the value of the time domain offset value is indicated by the first indication information.
  • the following takes the subresource not indicated as the first subresource in the frequency domain as the first subresource among the M subresources to illustrate how to determine the time domain position of the subresource not indicated by the frequency domain start position of.
  • FIG. 10 is an example of an implementation manner of indicating a time-domain position of a sub-resource provided in the present application.
  • the first device indicates to the second device that the time domain position of the first subresource among the M subresources contained in the first resource is relative to the time domain reference point The time domain offset value of the point.
  • the time domain reference point may be one of the following:
  • the time domain starting position of the resource selection window (resource selection window, RSW) determined by the first device;
  • the last time domain resource indicated by the SCI of the auxiliary information sent by the first device is the last time domain resource indicated by the SCI of the auxiliary information sent by the first device.
  • the first device sends first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a time domain offset value.
  • the time domain offset value is the time interval between the time domain reference point and the time domain resource of the first sub-resource.
  • the second device acquires first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a time domain offset value.
  • the second device may determine the time domain position of the first subresource according to the time domain reference point and the time domain offset value.
  • the time offset value indicated by the first indication information comes from first configuration information, and the first configuration information is configured or preconfigured by the network device.
  • the first configuration information includes ⁇ 32, 64, 96, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256 ⁇ , and the first indication information uses 3 bits to indicate one of the 8 values included in the first configuration information.
  • the first indication information bits are used to indicate one of the K values.
  • the K values may be continuous 1 to K values, or may be discrete K values.
  • the discrete K values may be pre-configured or configured by the network device.
  • the description about the first configuration information is also applicable to other manners related to the first configuration information, which will not be repeated hereafter.
  • manner 1 in FIG. 10 shows 2 resources (corresponding to 2 combinations), such as resource 1 (corresponding to combination 1) and resource 2 (corresponding to combination 2).
  • Both resource 1 and resource 2 contain 3 sub-resources (each sub-resource is an auxiliary resource).
  • the first device may indicate the time domain position of the first sub-resource to the second device according to manner (1).
  • the first configuration information contains two time-domain offset values (such as offset value 1 and offset value 2), and the second device can determine resource 1 according to the two time-domain offset values and the time-domain reference point.
  • the above manner (1) is only a manner of indicating the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources included in the first resource. Several other methods are provided below.
  • the first device indicates to the second device that the time domain position of the first subresource in the first resource with the highest time domain position is relative to the time domain The time domain offset value of the reference point, and the time domain offset of the first subresource in the latter resource of the two adjacent resources in time domain relative to the last subresource in the previous resource.
  • the time domain reference point of the first resource in the first combination is a preconfigured or configured or predefined time domain reference point; except for the first combination, the first resource in the latter combination is previously The last resource in a combination is the time domain reference point.
  • each of resource 1 and resource 2 includes 3 sub-resources, and offset value 1 and offset value 2 are indicated in the first configuration information.
  • the second device determines the time-domain position (time-domain reference point+offset value 1) of the first subresource in resource 1 according to the time-domain reference point and the offset value 1. At the same time, the second device can determine the time-domain positions of the remaining two sub-resources in resource 1 according to the time-domain resource indication information of resource 1 .
  • the second device determines the time-domain position of the first sub-resource in resource 2 according to the time-domain position of the third sub-resource in resource 1 and the offset value 2 (the time-domain position of the third sub-resource in resource 1 Time domain position + offset value 2).
  • the second device also acquires time-domain resource indication information (for example, the TRIV field) of resource 1, and the time-domain position of the first sub-resource in resource 1 has been
  • time-domain resource indication information of resource 1 is used to determine the time-domain positions of other sub-resources in resource 1 except the first sub-resource. Therefore, after determining the time-domain position of the first sub-resource in resource 1, the time-domain positions of the last two sub-resources in resource 1 can be determined according to the time-domain resource indication information of resource 1.
  • the time-domain position of the last sub-resource in resource 1 and the offset value 2 can be known.
  • the time-domain resource indication information of resource 2 for example, the TRIV field
  • the time-domain positions of other sub-resources in resource 2 other than the first sub-resource can be determined, and so on.
  • Preconfiguring or configuring or predefining a time domain reference point assuming that the first device needs to indicate N resources to the second device, and each of the N resources includes several sub-resources.
  • the first sub-resource of each resource's contained sub-resources is not a secondary resource.
  • the first device indicates to the second device the time domain offset value of the time domain position of the first subresource in each of the N resources relative to the time domain reference point.
  • the first resource is an example of one resource among the N resources.
  • the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources indicated by each combination is not an auxiliary resource.
  • the first subresource is a time domain reference point indicating the time domain positions of the remaining M-1 subresources except the first subresource among the M subresources. That is to say, the role of the first subresource is used as a time domain reference point for indicating the remaining M-1 subresources in each combination except the first subresource. And the time domain reference point of each combination is the same.
  • N 2, that is, there are two resources, resource 1 and resource 2 respectively.
  • Each resource contains 3 sub-resources, wherein the first sub-resource in each resource is the reference resource of the resource.
  • the first sub-resource in resource 1 is reference resource 1-0
  • the first sub-resource in resource 2 is reference resource 2-0.
  • resource 1 also contains 2 sub-resources, namely 1-1 and 1-2 (both auxiliary resources);
  • resource 2 also contains 2 sub-resources, respectively 2-1 and 2-2 (both auxiliary resources ).
  • the second device acquires first indication information, where the first indication information indicates offset value 1 and offset value 2.
  • the time offset value indicated by the first indication information comes from first configuration information, and the first configuration information is configured or preconfigured by the network device.
  • the first configuration information includes ⁇ 32, 64, 96, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256 ⁇ , and the first indication information uses 3 bits to indicate one of the 8 values included in the first configuration information.
  • the first indication information bits are used to indicate one of the K values.
  • the K values may be continuous 1 to K values, or may be discrete K values.
  • the discrete K values may be pre-configured or configured by the network device.
  • the second device can determine the time-domain position of the first sub-resource in resource 1 (that is, reference resource 1-0). Further, the second device may determine the time-domain positions of the two sub-resources included in resource 1 according to the time-domain position of the reference resource 1-0 and the time-domain resource indication information (for example, the TRIV field) of the first resource. Specifically, the second device regards the reference resource 1-0 and the two sub-resources (such as 1-1 and 1-2) included in the first resource as a group of resources, where the reference resource is the first resource in the group of resources. resources, combined with the TRIV field, the time domain positions of other resources other than the first resource in the group of resources can be determined.
  • the TRIV field can be regarded as the time domain position indication information of a group of resources composed of reference resource 1-0, sub-resource 1-1 in resource 1, and sub-resource 1-2 in resource 1.
  • the time-domain position of the first resource in the group specifically, reference resource 1-0
  • the time-domain positions of other resources in the group of resources other than the first resource can be determined. Therefore, the time domain positions of the two sub-resources included in resource 1 can be obtained.
  • the determination of the temporal location of the first auxiliary resource in resource 2 is similar to the determination of the first auxiliary resource in resource 1 (i.e., the second sub-resource 1-1)
  • the process of determining the time-domain position of is the same and will not be repeated here.
  • Pre-configuring or configuring or pre-defining a time-domain reference point It is assumed that the first device needs to indicate N resources to the second device, and each of the N resources includes several sub-resources. The first sub-resource of each resource's contained sub-resources is not a secondary resource.
  • the first resource is an example of one resource among the N resources. For the introduction of resource 1 and resource 2, reference may be made to the description of mode (3) in FIG. 5 , and details are not repeated here. It can be understood that: the first resource among the M resources indicated by each combination is not an auxiliary resource.
  • the first resource is a time-domain reference point indicating the time-domain positions of the remaining M-1 resources except the first resource among the M resources.
  • the role of the first resource is used as a time-domain reference point for indicating the remaining M-1 resources except the first resource in each combination.
  • the time domain reference point of each combination is different.
  • the time domain reference point of the first combination is a preconfigured or configured or predefined time domain reference point. Except for the first combination, the first resource in the latter combination The last resource in the previous combination is the time domain reference point.
  • the first device indicates to the second device the time-domain position of the first sub-resource (such as 1-0, which is also the reference resource in resource 1) in the first resource (such as resource 1) with the highest time-domain position Relative to the time domain offset value (such as offset value 1) relative to the time domain reference point, and the time domain position adjacent to the two resources (such as resource 1 and resource 2) in the last resource (such as resource 2)
  • the time domain offset value 1 and the time domain offset value 2 may be indicated by the first indication information.
  • the second device acquires the first indication information, and acquires the time domain offset value 1 and the time domain offset value 2 therefrom. According to the time domain offset value 1 and the time domain resource indication information (for example, the TRIV field) of resource 1, the second device can determine the auxiliary resources in resource 1 (that is, subresources other than the first reference resource) time domain position.
  • the second device uses the reference resource (such as 1-0) in resource 1 and the two auxiliary resources included in the first resource (such as 1-1 and 1-2) are regarded as a group of resources, where the reference resource is regarded as the first resource in this group of resources, and combined with the TRIV field, the relationship between the first resource in this group of resources can be determined
  • the time-domain positions of other resources outside the resource 1 are obtained, thereby obtaining the time-domain positions of the two auxiliary resources included in resource 1.
  • the second device can determine the time domain of the reference resource (such as 2-0) in resource 2 according to the time domain position and time domain offset value 2 of the last subresource (such as 1-2) in resource 1. domain location. Then, according to the time-domain position of the reference resource in resource 2 and the time-domain resource indication information (for example, the TRIV field) of resource 2, the time-domain positions of the two auxiliary resources included in resource 2 are determined.
  • the method for indicating resources provided in this application can be used in a communication scenario indicating a group of resources (for example, M sub-resources in a resource set).
  • a group of resources for example, M sub-resources in a resource set.
  • the method for indicating resources provided in this application is applicable.
  • the M sub-resources included in the first resource are equivalent to a group of resources.
  • the indications of each group of resources are similar.
  • the method for indicating resources provided in this application may be used in a sidelink communication scenario.
  • both the first device and the second device are terminals.
  • the first device is a first terminal (or a first terminal device)
  • the second device is a second terminal (or a second terminal device).
  • resource sets are resource pools.
  • the first resource includes M sub-resources in the resource set, which may correspond to that the first resource is a group of auxiliary resources composed of M auxiliary resources, where the M auxiliary resources belong to resources in the resource pool of the first device, M is a positive integer.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the number M of auxiliary resources included in each group of auxiliary resources is not necessarily the same.
  • the number of sub-resources indicated by each group of auxiliary resources is less than or equal to the maximum value, and the maximum number of sub-resources indicated by each group of resources is the same.
  • auxiliary resources and concepts related to the auxiliary resources are introduced below.
  • UE cooperation can solve problems such as half-duplex problems, hidden nodes and exposed nodes, and can improve transmission reliability in the resource selection process of mode 2 of sidelink communication.
  • UE cooperation can be divided into scheme 1 (scheme 1) and scheme 2 (scheme 2), and this application mainly involves scheme 1.
  • Scheme 1 has two branches, respectively trigger-based scheme 1 and condition-based scheme 1.
  • the trigger-based scheme 1 includes 4 steps, taking two UEs (for example, UEA and UEB) performing sidelink communication as an example, mainly UEB requests UE A to provide auxiliary resources to assist UE B in resource selection .
  • Step 1 UEB sends trigger signaling to UEA, and the trigger signaling is used to request UEA to provide auxiliary resources for resource selection of UE B;
  • Step 2 UE A receives the trigger signaling, and determines the set of auxiliary resources according to the conditions;
  • Step 3 UEA sends an auxiliary resource set to UEB
  • Step 4 After receiving the auxiliary resource set, the UEB uses it in its own resource selection.
  • UEA provides auxiliary resources to UEB after meeting specific conditions, and UEB does not need to provide trigger signaling to UE A.
  • UE A provides a set of auxiliary resources to UE B.
  • UE A may indicate the auxiliary resources provided to UE B through auxiliary information, or UE A sends auxiliary information to UE B, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate auxiliary resources.
  • the auxiliary information includes resource indication information for indicating auxiliary resources.
  • the resource indication information may include time domain resource indication information and frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the time domain resource indication information may specifically be a time domain resource assignment (time resource assignment, TRIV) field
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may specifically be a frequency domain resource assignment (frequency resource assignment, FRIV) field.
  • UE A is replaced by the first terminal
  • UE B is replaced by the second terminal.
  • the auxiliary information may be in the form of N combinations, and each of the N combinations indicates a group of auxiliary resources. That is, the first terminal sends auxiliary information to the second terminal, the auxiliary information includes N combinations, each of the N combinations indicates a group of auxiliary resources, specifically, the TRIV in each of the N combinations field indicates the time-domain position of the auxiliary resource in the combination, and the FRIV field in each of the N combinations indicates the frequency-domain position (eg, frequency-domain starting position and size) of the auxiliary resource in the combination.
  • resource reservation is also supported in the sidelink communication, therefore, the auxiliary information may also include a resource reservation period, which is not limited.
  • the resource reservation period may be ignored.
  • the auxiliary information when the number of combinations included in the auxiliary information is less than a threshold, the auxiliary information may be carried by SCI-2 and MAC CE; when the number of combinations included in the auxiliary information is greater than or equal to the threshold, the auxiliary information may be carried by MAC CE.
  • the TRIV field indicates the time domain positions of other resources in the group of resources except the first resource
  • the FRIV field indicates The frequency domain length of the group of resources and the frequency domain starting positions of other resources except the first resource are specified.
  • the first device provides auxiliary resources to the second device for resource selection by the second device, and the amount of auxiliary resources provided by the first device to the second device Can be less than or equal to a maximum amount.
  • the number of auxiliary resources provided by the first device to the second device is uncertain, which may lead to inconsistent understandings of the number of auxiliary resources corresponding to the first device and the second device, Thus, the resource selection process of the second device is affected.
  • the present application also provides a method for sending information, aiming at that the first device and the second device have a consistent understanding of the amount of auxiliary resources provided by the first device.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending information provided by the present application.
  • the first device determines first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a first number N, the first number is the number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and the auxiliary resources are used for resource selection of the second device.
  • One device is the receiving device of the second device, and N is a non-negative integer.
  • the auxiliary resource is used for resource selection of the second device, that is, the second device may refer to the auxiliary resource provided by the first device during the resource selection process.
  • the auxiliary resource is a non-recommended resource or a recommended resource.
  • the unrecommended resources are the resources that the first device does not recommend to be used by the second device during the resource selection process for its own transmission.
  • the recommended resources are the resources recommended by the first device to be used by the second device during the resource selection process for its own transmission.
  • the second device may use the non-recommended resources or recommended resources provided by the first device.
  • the auxiliary resource is a non-recommended resource
  • the second device excludes resources overlapping with the non-recommended resource during the resource selection process for its own transmission.
  • the auxiliary resource is a recommended resource
  • the resource used by the second device during the resource selection process for its own transmission is not only the recommended resource but also the resource determined by its own perception result.
  • the first device sends the first indication information to the second device, and the second device receives the first indication information.
  • the second device determines the number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources according to the first indication information.
  • the resource indication information includes at least a time domain resource allocation TRIV field and a frequency domain resource allocation FRIV field.
  • the combination includes at least a TRIV field and a FRIV field.
  • auxiliary resources are usually one or more sets of resources in a group unit, so the combination of the TRIV field and the FRIV field can indicate a group of auxiliary resources.
  • the TRIV field indicates the time-domain position of the auxiliary resource in a group of auxiliary resources
  • the FRIV field indicates the frequency-domain starting position and frequency-domain length of the auxiliary resource in the group of auxiliary resources.
  • the frequency domain lengths of the auxiliary resources in a group of auxiliary resources are equal.
  • the FRIV field may be as in formula (3) or formula (4) above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the TRIV field indicates the temporal location of other auxiliary resources in a set of auxiliary resources except the first one.
  • the FRIV field indicates the frequency domain length of a group of auxiliary resources, and the frequency domain starting position of each auxiliary resource except the first auxiliary resource.
  • the FRIV field may be as in formula (1) or formula (2) above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first number N is less than or equal to the second number L, where the second number is a configured or preconfigured value.
  • the second number can be two.
  • the auxiliary information can be carried by SCI-2 and MAC CE, or the auxiliary information can be carried by MAC CE.
  • a second quantity can be configured; and for the realization that the auxiliary information is carried by the MAC CE, a second quantity can be configured.
  • the value of the second quantity may be the same or different, which is not limited.
  • the number of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resources indicated by the first device to the second device is an actual number, which is the actual number of combinations indicated by the first device to the second device, and the second number is a preconfigured or the maximum number of combinations configured.
  • the actual number of combinations indicated by the first device to the second device is less than or equal to the maximum number.
  • the first indication information may be included in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information may be reserved information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first terminal indicates the first quantity to the second device through the reserved information in the first-level SCI.
  • the reserved information can be understood as bits or code points in reserved resources.
  • a code point may also be called a state.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI only carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information includes resource indication information;
  • the first indication information includes MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI;
  • the first indication information includes some bits or states of the MCS indication information in the first-level SCI, and/or, the first indication information includes some bits or states of the MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI.
  • the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI only carries auxiliary information. It can be understood that the reserved information in the first-level SCI indicates that auxiliary information and data scheduled by the first-level SCI are not multiplexed, or the reserved information in the first-level SCI indicates that the first-level SCI only schedules auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information can be carried in the MAC CE, and can also be carried in the MAC CE and the second-level SCI.
  • the MCS of the auxiliary information can be predefined or fixed or configured using RRC signaling or PC5 RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information is the remaining bits or states in the bit number/state number of the MCS field and/or the MCS table indication field.
  • the modulation order of the auxiliary information is one of QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM.
  • the code rate of the auxiliary information may be a fixed code rate or a code rate in the MCS table, or a code rate corresponding to MCS index 0 in the MCS table.
  • the modulation order of the auxiliary information is QPSK
  • the code rate is the code rate corresponding to the MCS index 0, that is, the MCS indicating the auxiliary information uses 0 states, and 32 states remain.
  • At least one of bits or states of the MCS field and the /MCS table indication field may indicate the number of combinations (the first number).
  • the code rate of the auxiliary information may be one of a set of code rates corresponding to the modulation order.
  • the modulation order of the auxiliary information is QPSK
  • the code rate is the code rate corresponding to the MCS index [0,9]. That is, the MCS indicating auxiliary information has used 10 states, and 22 states remain. At least one of the remaining states may indicate the number of combinations (first number).
  • the MCS field is 5 bits, and 5 bits indicate 32 states, corresponding to 32 indexes.
  • the first indication information is one or more of the MCS indexes [10, 31] corresponding to the modulation orders of 16QAM and 64QAM in the MCS table, and each MCS index corresponds to a state indicated by the MCS field.
  • the MCS field is 5 bits, and 5 bits indicate 32 states, corresponding to 32 indexes.
  • the first indication information is one or more of the MCS indexes [10, 31] corresponding to the modulation orders of 16QAM and 64QAM in the MCS table, and each MCS index corresponds to a state indicated by the MCS field.
  • the first indication information may be MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI, or the first indication information may be MCS indication information and/or MCS table information in the first-level SCI Indicates a partial bit or partial state of information.
  • the reserved information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI only carries auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information includes resource indication information of auxiliary resources.
  • the MCS of the auxiliary information has not used up 5 bits or 32 states (code points), at this time, using the remaining bits or states in the 5 bits or 32 states to indicate the number of combinations can maximize the use of existing bits Number to indicate useful information, no additional new bits are added.
  • the first device and the second device have the same understanding of the number of combinations and the number of auxiliary resources.
  • the "partial state” may be replaced with “partial code point”.
  • the first-level SCI format in mode 1 and mode 2 may be SCI format 1-A or other formats, which are not limited.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates the shared channel bearer auxiliary information scheduled by the first-level SCI, and the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information;
  • the first-level SCI does not include MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the MCS indication information is an MCS indication field.
  • the MCS table indication information is an MCS table indication field.
  • the reserved information in the first-level SCI indicates the auxiliary information carried by the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI. It can be understood as the auxiliary information carried by the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI, or it can be understood as the auxiliary information for the first-level SCI scheduling. .
  • the auxiliary information can be carried in the MAC CE and the second-level SCI, or carried in the MAC CE.
  • the reserved information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI carries auxiliary information, and may be replaced by the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI to carry auxiliary information.
  • the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI carries auxiliary information and data.
  • reserved information see method 1.
  • the first-level SCI uses all or part of the bits/states in the MCS indication field and/or the MCS table indication field to indicate the first quantity. At this time, the original MCS indication field and/or MCS table indication field no longer exists.
  • the first-level SCI format in mode 1 to mode 3 may be SCI format 1-A, or the format of the first-level SCI is different from SCI format 1-A.
  • the format of the first-level SCI may be a new format of the SCI used in future sidelink communications, which is not limited.
  • the format of the first-level SCI is SCI format 1-A.
  • the first indication information may be included in the second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information may be included in the second-level SCI. It can be understood that the second-level SCI has at least one bit for indicating the first quantity.
  • the first indication information may be included in the MAC CE. It can be understood that the MAC CE has at least one bit indicating the first quantity, or the MAC subheader (subcheader) in the MAC CE indicates the first quantity, or the MAC header in the MAC CE indicates the first quantity. a quantity.
  • the first quantity is indicated through the second-level SCI and/or MAC CE, so that the understanding of the combined quantity by both ends of the transceiver is consistent. It is ensured that the second device can successfully receive the auxiliary information of the first device, and then use the auxiliary information to improve transmission reliability.
  • the first amount is less than or equal to the second amount.
  • the first device sends first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information indicates a first quantity, and the first quantity is equal to the second quantity.
  • the first device always indicates to the second device the maximum number of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resource.
  • the first device indicates L combinations to the second device, but some of the L combinations may be invalid.
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain starting position and size of the auxiliary resource; the fourth value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the first The value of four is the reservation status of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the start position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource, it can be understood that the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is valid combined, and the third value is used to indicate the frequency domain starting position and size of the auxiliary resource;
  • the effective combination is: the auxiliary resources indicated by the combination of the resource indication information of the auxiliary resources are effective auxiliary resources or real auxiliary resources, and the first device may use the auxiliary resources as reference resources , that is, the auxiliary resource can be used in the process of resource selection.
  • the invalid combination is: the auxiliary resources indicated by the combination of the resource indication information of the auxiliary resources are invalid auxiliary resources, the first device cannot refer to the resources in the combination during the resource selection process, or the invalid resources are not all The reference resource when the first device selects the resource, or the first device does not use the resources in the combination when the resource is selected.
  • the fourth value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information of the auxiliary resource is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is the predetermined value of the frequency domain resource indication information. stay status.” can be replaced by: the fourth value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the resource indicated by the combination of the resource indication information of the auxiliary resource is an invalid resource, and the invalid resource is not the first device in the Reference resource when making resource selection.
  • the fourth value is the reservation state of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may be a FRIV field, where the fourth value may be a reservation status of the FRIV field.
  • the reservation state of the FRIV field refer to the description of the reservation state of the FRIV field in method 600 in FIG. 12 or any implementation thereof.
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information indicates that the combination of the resource indication information is a valid combination
  • the fourth value of the resource indication information indicates that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination.
  • different values of time-domain resource indication information or resource reservation period information may be used to indicate that the combination of resource indication information is a valid combination or an invalid combination, which is not limited.
  • the third value of the time domain resource indication information is used to indicate the time domain position of the auxiliary resource
  • the fourth value of the time-domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is the reservation state of the time-domain resource indication information.
  • the first quantity is equal to the second quantity, and the combination of resource indication information includes resource reservation period information;
  • the third value of the resource reservation period information is used to indicate the reservation period of the periodically reserved resources
  • the fourth value of the resource reservation period information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is the reservation status of the resource reservation period information.
  • an invalid combination may be interpreted as that the resource indicated by the combination is not an auxiliary resource.
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain start position and size of the auxiliary resource.
  • the first device indicates to the second device the number N of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resources, so as to indicate to the second device that the first device provides N groups of auxiliary resources.
  • the N groups of auxiliary resources may include resources recommended by the first device or resources not recommended.
  • method 500 further includes step 540 .
  • the first device sends second indication information to the second device.
  • the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resource is one of the following three situations:
  • all of the auxiliary resources indicated by the first device to the second device may be recommended resources, or all of them are not recommended resources, or some of them are recommended resources and some of them are not recommended resources.
  • a non-recommended resource, a recommended resource, or one of a non-recommended resource and a recommended resource is indicated with 2 bits or 3 states.
  • the second indication information is indicated by a first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling. That is, use 1 bit in SCI-1 to indicate that the resource is not recommended or the resource is recommended;
  • the configuration signaling may be RRC signaling configured on the resource pool, or pre-configured signaling. That is, the network device configures or pre-configures the auxiliary resources as one or both of the non-recommended resources and the recommended resources.
  • the first number N indicated by the first indication information is the number of recommended resources; when the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resources are not recommended resources In this case, the first number N indicated by the first indication information is the number of non-recommended resources; when the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resources are recommended resources and non-recommended resources, the first number N indicated by the first indication information Include the number of recommended resources and the number of non-recommended resources.
  • the non-recommended resources may further include two types, which are the first type of non-recommended resources and the second type of non-recommended resources, wherein the first type of non-recommended resources are resources not recommended by the first device ;
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are time slots that are not expected to be received.
  • time slots can also be replaced by resources.
  • the second type of unrecommended resource is a resource whose time slot is not expected to be received by the first device.
  • the first type of unrecommended resources are interference-based resources, which may be specifically determined according to conditions.
  • the resource not recommended by the first device may be a resource determined according to a first condition, and the first condition may be: the measured value of RSRP corresponding to the resource is greater than the first threshold; or, the measured value of RSRP corresponding to the resource is smaller than the second threshold (in this case, the first device is the receiving device of the second device).
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are half-duplex-based non-recommended resources. In this case, the first device is a receiving device of the second device. If the first device does not expect to receive transmissions from the second device on a resource based on the half-duplex working mode, then the resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the unrecommended resources include two types of unrecommended resources
  • the first device indicates the unrecommended resources to the second device
  • the unrecommended resources are specifically the first type of unrecommended resources or the second type of unrecommended resources.
  • type of non-recommended resources and the number of first type of non-recommended resources and the number of second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the maximum number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources is L
  • the actual number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources indicated by the first device to the second device is N. That is, the first number is N, the second number is L, N ⁇ L, and both N and L are integers.
  • the first indication information indicates the first number N, and there are many possible implementations, such as the following (1)-(6), which will be described in detail below.
  • auxiliary information is carried by SCI-2 and MAC CE or is carried by MAC CE.
  • the first indication information indicates the first quantity.
  • the first number is the number N of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resources, each of the N combinations indicates a group of auxiliary resources, and each group of auxiliary resources includes more than one auxiliary resource.
  • a group of auxiliary resources indicated by each of the N combinations may be recommended auxiliary resources or non-recommended auxiliary resources.
  • the first indication information includes bits, the bits indicate the first number, where L is the maximum number of combinations that the second terminal can indicate to the first terminal.
  • the first indication information may be SCI-1, and the first indication information in SCI-1 bits indicate the first quantity; in the case that the auxiliary resources are carried by the MAC CE, the first indication information may be SCI-2 or MAC CE, where the SCI-2 or MAC CE indicates the first quantity.
  • the unrecommended resources can be divided into two types, which are the first type of unrecommended resources and the second type of unrecommended resources.
  • Recommended resources are resources not recommended by the first device
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are resources that the second device does not expect to receive transmissions from the first device.
  • the first type of unrecommended resources are resources that are not recommended based on the degree of interference of the resources
  • the second type of unrecommended resources are resources that are not recommended due to the half-duplex working mode of the first device.
  • the first indication information indicates the first quantity
  • the third indication information indicates the third quantity
  • the first quantity is the number N of resource indication information combinations of auxiliary resources that are not recommended (that is, resources that are not recommended).
  • the third quantity is the quantity P of the first combination or the quantity Q of the second combination, wherein the first combination is a combination indicating a first type of auxiliary resource, and the second combination is a combination indicating a second type of auxiliary resource;
  • the P groups of auxiliary resources indicated by the P first combinations and the Q group of auxiliary resources indicated by the Q second combinations are arranged in the order of pre-configuration or configuration in the time domain, 0 ⁇ P ⁇ N, 0 ⁇ Q ⁇ N, P and Q are integers.
  • the first device sends first indication information to the second device, the first indication information indicates that the actual number of combinations is N, and each combination in the N combinations indicates a group of auxiliary resources that are not recommended (i.e. the resource is not recommended).
  • the first device sends third indication information to the second device, where the third indication information indicates the quantity P of the first combination, or the third indication information indicates the quantity Q of the second combination. It can be understood that since each combination indicates a group of auxiliary resources, if the third indication information indicates the number P of the first combination, then P second combinations indicate P groups of auxiliary resources, and if the third indication information indicates the number of P groups of auxiliary resources of the second combination. The quantity is Q, then the Q second combinations indicate Q groups of auxiliary resources.
  • the auxiliary resources indicated by the first combination and the auxiliary resources indicated by the second combination among the N combinations are arranged in a preconfigured or configured order, according to the first indication information and the third indication information, and the N In the combinations, the auxiliary resources indicated by the first combination and the auxiliary resources indicated by the second combination are arranged in order, so that the first terminal can accurately distinguish the respective quantities and positions of the first combination and the second quantity.
  • the arrangement order of the auxiliary resources indicated by the first combination and the auxiliary resources indicated by the second combination can be understood as that the first combination comes first and the second combination follows; or the second combination comes first and the first combination follows after; the first combination is before the second combination; or the first combination is after the second combination.
  • N indicated by the first indication information is the actual number of combinations indicated by the first device to the second device, if the maximum number of combinations is L, the value range of N is [0, L] or [1, L].
  • the first indication information is included in the SCI-1, the first indication information indicates the actual number N of combinations, and at the same time, 1 bit in the SCI-1 is additionally used to indicate whether there is an auxiliary scheduling resource. That is, SCI-1 includes 2 fields, one field indicates the actual number N of combinations (referred to as the third field), and the other field is the 1 bit, which is used to indicate whether there is an auxiliary resource.
  • the third field in SCI-1 indicates the actual number of combinations, and the value range of the actual number of combinations is [1, L]; when 1 bit in SCI-1 indicates that SCI-1 does not schedule auxiliary resources, the first part of SCI-1 can be defaulted, or the first terminal regards it as an invalid value.
  • the number of bits that the first indication information needs to occupy in SCI-1 is
  • the first indication information is SCI-1
  • SCI-1 indicates the actual number N of combinations
  • the actual number N is 0 to implicitly indicate that the first device does not indicate assistance to the second device. resource.
  • the value range of the actual number N of combinations indicated by SCI-1 is [0, L].
  • the number of bits that the first indication information needs to occupy in SCI-1 is
  • the first indication information and the third indication information are included in SCI-1, the first indication information indicates the actual number N of combinations, and the value range of N is [0, L], the first indication information The number of bits that need to occupy SCI-1 is At the same time, the third indication information indicates the quantity Q of the second combination, the value range of Q is [0, L], and the number of bits to be occupied is
  • the third indication information indicates the number P of the first combination or the quantity Q of the second combination, when the number N indicated by the first indication information, and the number N of the second combination
  • the quantity P or Q indicated by the three indication information is both 0, it means that the content scheduled by the SCI-1 does not include auxiliary resources.
  • the signaling form of the first indication information above is also applicable to the third indication information.
  • the third indication information may be reserved information in SCI-1; or, the third indication information may be MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in SCI-1; or, the third indication information may be SCI- Part of the bits or part of the state of the MCS indication information in 1, and/or, the part of the bits or part of the state of the MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI; or, the third indication information is included in SCI-1, but the first-level SCI Level 1 SCI-1 does not include MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the SCI-1 format here may be SCI format 1-A, or other SCI formats, which is not limited.
  • the first indication information is included in SCI-1, which is used in SCI-1 bits to indicate the number of two types of non-recommended resources (i.e., P and Q), including the status of no secondary resources. Specifically, when the quantities of P and Q are both 0, it means that there is no auxiliary resource, or that the first device does not indicate to the second device not recommended auxiliary resources.
  • the first indication information indicates the first quantity
  • the fourth indication information indicates the types of N groups of auxiliary resources indicated by N combinations, where the types of N groups of auxiliary resources are recommended resources, first-type non-recommended resources, and One of the second type of non-recommended resources, or the type of the N groups of auxiliary resources is one of the first type of non-recommended resources and the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the first type of non-recommended resources are resources not recommended by the second terminal;
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are the time slots where the second device does not expect to receive (the non-recommended resources are resources that the second device does not expect to receive H).
  • the second terminal when the second terminal indicates auxiliary resources to the first terminal, it only indicates one of recommended resources, first-type unrecommended resources, and second-type unrecommended resources each time. That is, the second terminal distinguishes three types of auxiliary resources through the first indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is included in SCI-1, and the fourth indication information is 2 bits, which can be used to indicate three types of recommended resources, the first type of non-recommended resources and the second type of non-recommended resources , as an example in Table 3.
  • the fourth indication information is included in the SCI-1, and the fourth indication information is 1 bit, and the 1 bit may be used to indicate the first type of unrecommended resources and the second type of unrecommended resources.
  • the above signaling form of the first indication information is also applicable to the fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information may be reserved information in SCI-1; or, the fourth indication information may be MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in SCI-1; or, the fourth indication information may be SCI- Part of the bit or part of the state of the MCS indication information in 1, and/or, the part of the bit or part of the state of the MCS table indication information in SCI-1; or, the fourth indication information is included in SCI-1, but the first-level SCI -1 Does not contain MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the SCI-1 format here may be SCI format 1-A, or other SCI formats, which is not limited.
  • the first indication information indicates the first number, the first number is the actual number N of combinations, and the fifth indication information includes L bits, and the L bits include N bits, and the N bits are combined with N One-to-one correspondence, wherein the N combinations are combinations indicating not recommended resources, and each bit in the N bits indicates that the auxiliary resources indicated by the corresponding combination are not recommended resources of the first type or non-recommended resources of the second type. Resources are not recommended.
  • the maximum number of combinations indicated by the first device to the second device is L
  • the actual number of combinations indicated by the first device to the second device is N
  • the N groups indicated by the N combinations Auxiliary resources are not recommended resources.
  • the non-recommended resources may be the first type of non-recommended resources, or the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • SCI-1 contains first indication information, and the first indication information is bits, the first indication information indicates the actual number N of combinations, and the value range of N is [0, L].
  • the SCI-1 contains fifth indication information
  • the fifth indication information uses a bitmap (bitmap) to indicate that the non-recommended resources indicated by the N combinations are the first type of non-recommended resources or the second type of non-recommended resources. resource.
  • the first indication information includes 2 bits (ie ), these 2 bits are used to indicate the actual number N of combinations, for example, when the state of the 2 bits of the first indication information is 10, it means that the actual number of combinations is 2, and the fifth indication information contains 3 bits ( That is, corresponding to L combinations), assuming that the 3 bits are recorded as b 2 b 1 b 0 , and the N bits from the least significant bit (the least significant bit, LSB) (or from the most significant bit (the most significant bit, MSB) N bits) correspond to the types of non-recommended resources indicated by N combinations, for example, 1 represents the first type of non-recommended resources, 0 represents the second type of non-recommended auxiliary resources, and the fifth indication
  • the information being 101 indicates that the first of the two combinations indicated by the first indication information is the first type of non-recommended resource, and the second of the two combinations is the second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the non-recommended resources of are sequentially the second type of non-recommended resources, the first type of non-recommended resources and the first type of non-recommended resources.
  • the fact that the fifth indication information includes L bits is only used as an example.
  • the fifth indication information includes N bits, the N bits correspond to the N combinations one by one, and each bit in the N bits indicates the type of the non-recommended resource indicated by the corresponding combination.
  • the number of bits included in the fifth indication information is variable.
  • the signaling form of the first indication information above is also applicable to the fifth indication information.
  • the fifth indication information may be reserved information in SCI-1; or, the fifth indication information may be MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in SCI-1; or, the fifth indication information may be SCI- Some bits or statuses of the MCS indication information in 1, and/or, some bits or statuses of the MCS table indication information in SCI-1; or, the fifth indication information is included in SCI-1, but the first-level SCI -1 Does not contain MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the SCI-1 format here may be SCI format 1-A, or other SCI formats, which is not limited.
  • the first indication information is included in SCI-1, and some fields in SCI-1 indicate the number of the third combination among the N combinations and/or the type of auxiliary resources indicated by the third combination, wherein the third combination Indicates a combination of resources not to be recommended among the N combinations.
  • the third combination refers to the combination indicating that resources are not recommended among the N combinations.
  • a third combination can be a first combination or a first combination. Two combinations. Therefore, when the N combinations include multiple third combinations, part of the third combinations in the multiple third combinations may be the first combination, and another part of the third combinations may be the second combination.
  • SCI-1 schedules auxiliary information
  • the auxiliary information scheduled by SCI-1 is not multiplexed with data
  • the first field in SCI-1 or some bits of the first field or part of the state indication of the first field The quantity of the third combination and/or the type of the unrecommended resource indicated by the third combination, wherein the third combination is a combination indicating the unrecommended resource among the N combinations.
  • SCI-1 schedules auxiliary information and the auxiliary information is not multiplexed with data.
  • the fields related to data decoding in SCI-1 are no longer needed, and at least one of these fields can be used to indicate the third The number of combinations and/or the type of non-recommended resources indicated by the third combination.
  • the first field in SCI-1 may be one of the following:
  • the MCS indicator field is like Modulation and coding scheme in Table 4
  • the MCS table indicator field is like Additional MCS table indicator in Table 1
  • the resource reservation period field is like Resourcereservation period in Table 4.
  • the reserved fields of the first-level SCI mentioned in some embodiments of the present application can also be DMRS pattern, 2nd-stage SCI format, Beta offset indicator, Number of DMRS port, PSFCH overhead indication, or Reserved in Table 4
  • the reserved information in the first-level SCI can be the reserved status (or the unused status) in these fields.
  • Modulation and coding scheme 5 Additional MCS table indicator 0,1,2 PSFCH overhead indication 0,1 Reserved 2,3,4 sum 19
  • the reserved bits in the SCI-1 are used to indicate the quantity of the third combination among the N combinations and/or the type of the unrecommended resource indicated by the third combination.
  • the above implementations (1)-(5) may be used in combination with (6).
  • the indication information or field used to indicate the quantity or type in the implementations (1) to (5) may be the first field in the implementation (6).
  • the above implementations (1)-(6) assume that the auxiliary information is carried by the SCI-2 and the MAC CE. If the auxiliary information is carried in MAC CE, the actual number of combinations can also be indicated by SCI-2 or MAC CE. For example, if the SCI-2 indicates the actual number of combinations, the second device may determine the number of combinations carried in the MAC CE according to the actual number of combinations indicated in the SCI-2. For another example, the MAC CE indicates the actual number of combinations. At this time, the second device can learn the actual number of combinations indicated by the first device from the MAC CE, and obtain auxiliary information from the MAC CE. At this time, the length of the MAC CE is configurable. changing.
  • the actual number of combinations can be indicated by bits in the MAC CE
  • the actual number of combinations can be indicated by the MAC subhead in the MAC CE;
  • the actual number of combinations can be indicated by the MAC header in the MAC CE;
  • the actual number of combinations can be indicated by the MAC PDU in the MAC CE.
  • the first device needs to indicate the types of resources not recommended to the second device, specifically, the types of resources not recommended include the first One type of non-recommended resources and the second type of non-recommended resources. This indicates both the number of resources that are not recommended and the type of resources that are not recommended.
  • the second device can maximize the use of non-recommended resources, for example, do not use the second type of non-recommended resources, and use a part of the first type of non-recommended resources in the case of insufficient resources , or use a part of the first type of non-recommended resources with a relatively low interference degree in the case of insufficient resources to improve the reliability of its own transmission.
  • some implementation manners involve both the indication of the number of combinations and the indication of the type of resources not to be recommended.
  • Some implementation ways in which the first device indicates to the second device the types of resources not to be recommended are given below, such as the following ways 1 to 3.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending information provided by this application.
  • the first device determines frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information indicates the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource; the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the first value of the frequency domain resource is not recommended by the first device; The second value is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive.
  • the frequency domain start position of the auxiliary resource can be understood as the frequency domain start position of the auxiliary resource in the resource pool, for example, the subchannel with the lowest frequency domain index in the resource pool is used as the starting point, and the frequency domain index of the subchannel contained in the auxiliary resource The frequency domain offset value between the lowest subchannels.
  • the size of the auxiliary resource here may be the frequency domain length or frequency domain size of the auxiliary resource.
  • the frequency domain size is the frequency domain offset value between the subchannel with the largest frequency domain index and the subchannel with the smallest frequency domain index among the subchannels included in the auxiliary resource.
  • the auxiliary resource refers to or considers the auxiliary resource when the second device selects the resource.
  • the auxiliary resource is a reference resource when the second device selects a resource, that is, the first device may use the auxiliary resource or not use the auxiliary resource.
  • the auxiliary resource is a non-recommended resource or a recommended resource.
  • the unrecommended resources are the resources that the first device does not recommend to be used by the second device during the resource selection process for its own transmission.
  • the recommended resources are the resources recommended by the first device to be used by the second device during the resource selection process for its own transmission.
  • the second device may use the non-recommended resources or recommended resources provided by the first device.
  • the auxiliary resource is a non-recommended resource
  • the second device excludes resources overlapping with the non-recommended resource during the resource selection process for its own transmission.
  • the auxiliary resource is a recommended resource
  • the resource used by the second device during the resource selection process for its own transmission is not only the recommended resource but also the resource determined by its own perception result.
  • the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device.
  • the resource not recommended by the first device may refer to a resource whose corresponding RSRP measurement value is greater than the first threshold.
  • the resource whose RSRP measurement value measured by the first device according to the PSCCH DMRS or PSSCH DMRS is greater than the configured threshold value.
  • the PSCCH DMRS indicates the DMRS of the PSCCH where the SCI of the resource is located
  • the PSSCH DMRS indicates the DMRS of the PSSCH scheduled by the SCI of the resource.
  • the configured threshold can be configured by the network device or pre-configured.
  • the resource not recommended by the first device may refer to a resource whose corresponding RSRP measurement value is smaller than another configured threshold value (for example, the second threshold value).
  • the resources not recommended by the first device may also be understood as resources determined by the first device based on the degree of interference, and may specifically be determined according to conditions.
  • the resource not recommended by the first device may be a resource determined according to a first condition, and the first condition may be: a measured value of RSRP corresponding to the resource is greater than a first threshold.
  • the first device detects that the measured value of the RSRP corresponding to the reserved resource indicated by the SCI of the other device is greater than a first threshold value, wherein the first threshold value is determined according to the resource selection process used by the first device for auxiliary resources. Determined by the priority used and the priority indicated by the SCI of other devices.
  • the measured value of the RSRP corresponding to the reserved resource indicated by the SCI of the other device is measured according to the DMRS of the PSCCH where the SCI of the other device is located, or the DMRS of the PSSCH scheduled by the SCI of the other device.
  • the first threshold may be configured by the network device, or may be pre-configured.
  • the first condition may be: the measured value of the RSRP corresponding to the resource is smaller than the second threshold.
  • the first device detects that the measured value of the RSRP corresponding to the reserved resource indicated by the SCI of the other device is smaller than the second threshold value, wherein the second threshold value is determined according to the resource selection process used by the first device for the auxiliary resource. Determined by the priority used and the priority indicated by the SCI of other devices.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the second device and/or other devices (the first device is a receiving device of a transport block TB sent by the second device and/or other devices).
  • the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resources are the first type of unrecommended resources.
  • the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the second type of non-recommended resources may be understood as a time slot (resource) that the first device, as a receiving device of the second device, does not expect to receive.
  • the second type of deprecated resources are resources that are deprecated due to half-duplex limitations of the device.
  • the device has a half-duplex limitation. It can only receive or send at the same time, but cannot receive and send at the same time. Therefore, in the time slot (resource) that the first device expects to transmit, the first device does not expect to receive, and such resources are the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the second value of the frequency-domain resource indication information may be a reservation status of the frequency-domain resource indication information.
  • the reserved status is reserved code points.
  • the reserved state refers to a state that is not used to indicate the start position of the frequency domain and the length of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource. For example, when frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain start position and frequency domain length of resources, some states are not used to indicate the frequency domain start position and frequency domain length of resources, and this unused state is called Reserved status.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may be a FRIV field.
  • the reserved state of the FRIV field can be understood as, the FRIV field is 9 bits and can indicate 512 states, but if the states used to indicate the start position and length of the frequency domain are less than 512, the remaining states are reserved states, which can be additionally For other purposes.
  • the value of the FRIV field can be as the following formula (a):
  • L subCH is the frequency domain length of the indicated resource
  • i is a positive integer
  • the value of the FRIV field can be as the following formula (b):
  • L subCH is the size of the indicated auxiliary resource
  • i is a positive integer
  • the value of the FRIV field can be as the following formula (c):
  • L subCH is the size of the indicated auxiliary resource
  • i is a positive integer.
  • the value of the FRIV field can be as the following formula (d):
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels contained in the resource pool
  • L subCH is the size of the indicated auxiliary resource
  • i is a positive integer.
  • the value of the FRIV field can be as the following formula (e):
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels contained in the resource pool
  • L subCH is the size of the indicated auxiliary resource
  • the value of the FRIV field can be as the following formula (f):
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels contained in the resource pool
  • L subCH is the size of the indicated auxiliary resource
  • the range of the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information and the range of the second value can be as follows:
  • the range of the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is: Wherein, N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool;
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool
  • the range of the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information and the range of the second value can be as follows:
  • the range of the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is: Wherein, N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool;
  • the range of the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is: Wherein, N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool;
  • the range of the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the first device sends frequency domain resource indication information to the second device.
  • the second device receives frequency domain resource indication information from the first device.
  • the second device determines the type of auxiliary resources (specifically, non-recommended resources) according to the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the types of auxiliary resources refer to two types of non-recommended resources of the first device.
  • the second device determines that the auxiliary resource is a first type of non-recommended resource or a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the first device sends frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the first device may send auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information includes frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the auxiliary information may also include other information of the auxiliary resource, for example, time-domain resource indication information of the auxiliary resource.
  • time-domain resource indication information indicates the time-domain position of the auxiliary resource.
  • the time-domain resource indication information may be a TRIV field.
  • the auxiliary information may also include a resource reservation period, which is not limited.
  • the first device sends auxiliary information to the second device, where the auxiliary information includes N combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources.
  • each of the N combinations includes frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information included in combination a is the first value
  • the frequency domain resource indication information contained in combination a is the second value
  • it means that the time slot where the auxiliary resource indicated by combination a is located is the time slot that the first device does not expect to receive (that is, the time slot that the first device does not expect to receive) Type II deprecated resources).
  • the first device does not expect to receive transmissions from the second device on the second type of unrecommended resources, where the second type of unrecommended resources are time slots (all frequency domain resources corresponding to the time slots).
  • the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information may be one or more.
  • any one of the first values may be used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device.
  • the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information may be one or more.
  • any second value may indicate that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive (the auxiliary resource is the time slot that the first device serves as The receiving device of the second device does not expect to receive the resource).
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may be a FRIV field, and the state of the FRIV field may also be called a FRIV code point.
  • the first value and the second value are different states of the FRIV field, and optionally, the second value is a reserved state of the FRIV field.
  • the range of the first value and the range of the second value reference may also be made to the description in step 610 , which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 13 shows candidate resource positions under different Ls.
  • the special state (or special code point) of the FRIV field is used to indicate the type of resource that is not recommended.
  • the special state of the FRIV field refers to an unused state among all states of the FRIV field, which may also be called a reserved state.
  • the second type of non-recommended resources are resources that the first device does not expect the second device to use as the receiving device of the second device.
  • the second device uses this type of resource, and the first device cannot receive due to half-duplex restrictions. The transfer must fail. Therefore, distinguishing the two types of unrecommended resources can enable the second device to maximize the use of the two types of unrecommended resources and improve the reliability of its own transmission.
  • the first value and the second value indicated by the frequency domain resource indicate two types of auxiliary resources that are not recommended.
  • the reserved status (corresponding to the second value) of the frequency domain resource indication information may indicate that the auxiliary resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the two types of auxiliary resources that are not recommended may also be indicated through time domain resource indication information or resource reservation period information.
  • the frequency-domain resource indication information in method 600 or any implementation thereof may also be replaced with time-domain resource indication information.
  • the time domain resource indication information indicates the time domain position of the resource.
  • the time-domain resource indication information may be a TRIV field.
  • the reservation status of the TRIV field may be used to indicate that the auxiliary resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the reserved state of the TRIV field refers to a state that is not used to indicate the time domain position of the resource.
  • the value of the TRIV field can be determined according to the following formula:
  • the frequency domain resource indication information in method 600 or any implementation thereof may also be replaced with a resource reservation period, and the resource reservation period information indicates the resource reservation period.
  • the resource reservation period information may be a resource reservation period field.
  • the reservation status of the resource reservation period field may be used to indicate that the auxiliary resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the reservation status of the resource reservation period field refers to the status of the resource reservation period field that is not used to indicate the resource reservation period.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending information provided by this application.
  • the first device determines RSRP measurement information corresponding to the auxiliary resource.
  • the RSRP measurement information has a first measurement value or a second measurement value; the first measurement value is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the second measurement value is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is the first The time slot that the device does not expect to receive.
  • the first measurement value of the RSRP measurement information is used to determine that the auxiliary resources are the first type of unrecommended resources.
  • the second measurement value of the measurement information of RSRP is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource, where the first device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • the second measured value of the RSRP measurement information may be one or more.
  • any one of the second measurement values may be used to determine that the time slot in which the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive.
  • the second measurement value of the measurement information of RSRP is one or more of the following:
  • the first device sends RSRP measurement information to the second device.
  • the second device receives RSRP measurement information from the first device.
  • the second device determines the type of auxiliary resources (specifically, non-recommended resources) according to the RSRP measurement information.
  • the types of auxiliary resources refer to two types of non-recommended resources of the first device.
  • the second device determines that the auxiliary resource is a first type of non-recommended resource or a second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the first device sends RSRP measurement information to the second device.
  • the first device may send auxiliary information to the second device, where the auxiliary information includes RSRP measurement information.
  • the auxiliary information may also include other information of the auxiliary resources, for example, time domain resource indication information and frequency domain resource indication information of the auxiliary resources.
  • the time domain resource indication information indicates the time domain position of the auxiliary resource.
  • the time-domain resource indication information may be a TRIV field.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information indicates the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource.
  • the frequency domain resource indication information may be a FRIV field.
  • the auxiliary information may also include a resource reservation period, which is not limited.
  • the first device sends auxiliary information to the second device, where the auxiliary information includes N combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources.
  • the auxiliary information includes N combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources.
  • combination b contains RSRP measurement information, and the RSRP measurement information is the first measurement value
  • the auxiliary resource indicated by combination b is an auxiliary resource not recommended by the first device (that is, the first type of non-recommended resources)
  • the RSRP measurement information contained in combination b is the second measurement value
  • the time slot where the auxiliary resource indicated by combination b is located is the time slot that the first device does not expect to receive (i.e. the second type of non-recommended resources).
  • the first device does not expect to receive transmissions from the second device on a second type of non-recommended resource, which is a time slot.
  • the RSRP measurement information may be a field related to the RSRP measurement value in the auxiliary information.
  • the measurement information of RSRP may be the measured value of RSRP, or the quantized value of the measured value of RSRP, or the threshold of RSRP, or the quantized value of the threshold of RSRP, or the difference between the measured value of RSRP and the threshold of RSRP, or the threshold of RSRP
  • the quantized value of the difference between the measured value of the measured value and the RSRP threshold, etc., is not limited in this application.
  • the measurement value interval of RSRP is [A, B]. If the second device detects that the measurement information of RSRP in combination b is B, it means that the auxiliary resource indicated by combination b is the first type of non-recommended resource. For another example, when the second device detects that the RSRP measurement information in combination b is infinity or a quantized value corresponding to infinity, the second device determines that the auxiliary resource indicated by combination b is the first type of non-recommended resource.
  • the first device sends auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information includes N combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and each of the N combinations indicates a group of auxiliary resources, where the N combinations include combination c, and combination c includes a bit, the one bit is used to indicate that the group of auxiliary resources indicated by the combination c is the first type of non-recommended resources or the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • auxiliary information when the auxiliary information is carried in SCI-2 and/or MAC CE, 1 bit is added to each combination in SCI-2 to indicate the type of non-recommended resources indicated by the combination. For example, 1 indicates that the non-recommended resource indicated by the combination is the first type of non-recommended resource, and 0 indicates that the non-recommended resource indicated by the combination is the second type of non-recommended resource.
  • the three combinations contained in the auxiliary information may be as follows:
  • the non-recommended resources indicated by the first two combinations are the first type of non-recommended resources
  • the non-recommended resources indicated by the third combination are the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the above is a detailed introduction of how the first device indicates to the second device the type of the resource that is not recommended.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in this application.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a processing unit 1100 , a receiving unit 1200 and a sending unit 1300 .
  • the communications apparatus 1000 may correspond to the first device in this embodiment of the present application.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine frequency domain resource indication information,
  • the frequency domain resource indication information indicates the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource
  • the first value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the communication device;
  • the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the communication device does not expect to receive;
  • the sending unit 1300 is configured to send the frequency domain resource indication information to the second device.
  • the auxiliary resources are used by the second device to select resources.
  • the communication device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the second value is a reservation status of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the range of the first value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the first value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine measurement information of reference signal received power RSRP corresponding to the auxiliary resource, where the measurement information of RSRP has a first measurement value or a second measurement value, and the first measurement value is used to determine the
  • the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the communication device, and the second measurement value is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the sending unit 1300 is configured to send the RSRP measurement information.
  • the communication device is a receiving device of the second device.
  • the resources not recommended by the communication device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the second measured value is at least one of the following:
  • the sending unit 1300 is configured to send auxiliary information to the second device, the auxiliary information includes the RSRP measurement information, and the auxiliary information further includes frequency domain resource indication information, time domain Resource indication information and resource reservation period.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine first indication information, where the first indication information indicates a first number N, and the first number is the number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and the auxiliary resources are used for the second 2.
  • Resource selection of equipment where N is a non-negative integer;
  • a sending unit 1300 configured to send the first indication information.
  • the communication device is a receiving device of the second device
  • the first number N is less than or equal to a second number
  • the second number is a configured or preconfigured value
  • the first indication information includes reservation information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI only carries auxiliary information , the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information;
  • the first indication information includes the MCS indication information and/or the MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI; or,
  • the first indication information includes some bits or states of the MCS indication information in the first-level SCI, and/or, some bits or states of the MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates the shared channel bearer auxiliary information scheduled by the first-level SCI, the The auxiliary information includes the resource indication information;
  • the first-level SCI does not include MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the format of the first-level SCI is different from SCI format 1-A.
  • the first indication information includes a second-level SCI or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
  • the first number is equal to the second number, and the combination of resource indication information includes frequency domain resource indication information;
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource
  • the fourth value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is a reserved state of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device sends second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resource is one of the following three situations: no recommended resource, recommended resource, or no recommended resource and recommended resource;
  • the second indication information is indicated by a first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling.
  • the first number N includes the number of the non-recommended resources and/or the number of the recommended resources.
  • the auxiliary resource is the non-recommended resource, and the non-recommended resource includes a first type of non-recommended resource and a second type of non-recommended resource;
  • the first type of non-recommended resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the second type of non-recommended resource is a resource that the first device does not expect to receive.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the first number N includes the number of the unrecommended resources and the number of the first type of unrecommended resources.
  • the first number N includes the number of the unrecommended resources and the number of the second type of unrecommended resources.
  • the first number N includes the number of the first type of non-recommended resources and the number of the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the first number N is 0, and the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI does not include auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • a processing unit 1100 configured to determine a first resource, where the first resource includes M sub-resources in the resource set, where M is a positive integer;
  • a sending unit 1300 configured to send first indication information to the second device, where the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M sub-resources, or the first indication information indicates a part of the M sub-resources The starting location of the resource.
  • the communication device is a receiving device of the second device
  • the first indication information is second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, the first field indicates the starting position of the first subresource among the M subresources, and the second field indicates the starting position of the first subresource among the M subresources. The starting position of the subresource beyond the first subresource of the .
  • the first field and the second field are different fields in the second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the second field is also used to indicate the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of M is 3, and the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the size of the first sub-resource, the size of the second sub-resource and the size of the third sub-resource are the same value.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • i is a positive integer, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, and L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources
  • is the starting position of the first subresource is the starting position of the second subresource
  • i is a positive integer.
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following conditions:
  • FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first sub-resource, is the starting position of the second subresource, is the starting position of the third sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the value of M is 2, and the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the sizes of the M sub-resources are the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the size of the first sub-resource and the size of the second sub-resource are the same value.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the i is a positive integer, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second sub-resource.
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following conditions:
  • the FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first sub-resource, is the starting position of the second sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources is determined by the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the size of the M sub-resources and the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources satisfy a mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship includes one or more of the following;
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource is different from the size of the M sub-resources by an offset value
  • the first resource is a frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M-1 sub-resources among the M sub-resources, where the position of the time-domain resource where the first indication information is located is at The time domain positions of the M sub-resources are before.
  • the first indication information further indicates a time-domain position of a sub-resource whose start position is not indicated among the M sub-resources.
  • the resource whose starting position is not indicated among the M sub-resources is the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources, or the last sub-resource among the M sub-resources , or any sub-resource in the M sub-resources except the first sub-resource and the last sub-resource.
  • the time domain position of the subresource whose start position is not indicated is determined by a time slot offset value between the first time slot and the second time slot, and the first time slot
  • the slot is the time slot in which the first indication information is located
  • the second time slot is the time slot in which the subresource whose starting position is not indicated is located
  • the value of the time domain offset comes from the first
  • the index value corresponding to the value of the time domain offset value is indicated by the first indication information.
  • the communications apparatus 1000 may correspond to the second device in this embodiment of the present application.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the receiving unit 1200 is configured to acquire frequency-domain resource indication information, wherein the frequency-domain resource indication information indicates the frequency-domain starting position and size of auxiliary resources, and the first value of the frequency-domain resource indication information is used to determine the The auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the second value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine the type of the auxiliary resource according to the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the auxiliary resources are used by the communication device to perform resource selection.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the communication apparatus.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the second value is a reservation status of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the range of the first value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the first value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • the range of the second value is:
  • N subCH is the number of sub-channels included in the resource pool.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the receiving unit 1200 is configured to obtain measurement information of a reference signal received power RSRP corresponding to an auxiliary resource, wherein the measurement information of the RSRP has a first measurement value or a second measurement value, and the first measurement value is used to determine the
  • the auxiliary resource is a resource not recommended by the first device, and the second measurement value is used to determine that the time slot where the auxiliary resource is located is a time slot that the first device does not expect to receive;
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine the type of the auxiliary resource according to the measurement information of the RSRP.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the communication device.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the second measured value is at least one of the following:
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the receiving unit 1200 is configured to receive first indication information from a first device, where the first indication information indicates a first number N, where the first number is the number of combinations of resource indication information of auxiliary resources, and the auxiliary The resource is used for resource selection of the second device, and N is a non-negative integer;
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine the number of combinations of resource indication information of the auxiliary resource according to the first indication information.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the communication device
  • the receiving unit 1200 is further configured to receive second indication information from the first device, where the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resource is in one of the following three situations: Not recommending a resource, recommending a resource, or, not recommending a resource and recommending a resource;
  • the second indication information is indicated by a first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling.
  • the first number N is less than or equal to a second number
  • the second number is a configured or preconfigured value
  • the first indication information includes reservation information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates that the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI only carries auxiliary information , the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information;
  • the first indication information includes MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI; or,
  • the first indication information includes some bits or states of the MCS indication information in the first-level SCI, and/or, some bits or states of the MCS table indication information in the first-level SCI.
  • the first indication information is included in the first-level SCI, and the reservation information in the first-level SCI indicates the shared channel bearer auxiliary information scheduled by the first-level SCI,
  • the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information;
  • the first-level SCI does not include MCS indication information and/or MCS table indication information.
  • the format of the first-level SCI is different from SCI format 1-A.
  • the first indication information includes a second-level SCI or a medium access control control element MAC CE.
  • the first number is equal to the second number, and the combination of resource indication information includes frequency domain resource indication information;
  • the third value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate the starting position and size of the frequency domain of the auxiliary resource
  • the fourth value of the frequency domain resource indication information is used to indicate that the combination of the resource indication information is an invalid combination, and the fourth value is a reserved state of the frequency domain resource indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first device sends second indication information, where the second indication information indicates that the auxiliary resource is one of the following three situations: no recommended resource, recommended resource, or no recommended resource and recommended resource;
  • the second indication information is indicated by a first-level SCI indication or configuration signaling.
  • the first number N includes the number of the non-recommended resources and/or the number of the recommended resources.
  • the auxiliary resource is the non-recommended resource, and the non-recommended resource includes a first type of non-recommended resource and a second type of non-recommended resource;
  • the first type of non-recommended resource is a resource not recommended by the first device; the second type of non-recommended resource is a resource that the first device does not expect to receive.
  • the resources not recommended by the first device include:
  • the corresponding RSRP measurement value is less than the configured second threshold resource.
  • the first number N includes the number of the unrecommended resources and the number of the first type of unrecommended resources.
  • the first number N includes the number of the unrecommended resources and the number of the second type of unrecommended resources.
  • the first number N includes the number of the first type of non-recommended resources and the number of the second type of non-recommended resources.
  • the first number N is 0, and the shared channel scheduled by the first-level SCI does not include auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information includes the resource indication information.
  • each unit of the communication device 1000 is used to realize the following functions:
  • the receiving unit 1200 is configured to receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M sub-resources, or the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M sub-resources The starting position of some subresources;
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine the starting positions of the M sub-resources according to the first indication information.
  • the first device is a receiving device of the communication apparatus.
  • the first indication information is second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, the first field indicates the starting position of the first subresource among the M subresources, and the second field indicates the starting position of the first subresource among the M subresources. The starting position of the subresource beyond the first subresource of the .
  • the first field and the second field are different fields in the second-level SCI and/or MAC CE.
  • the second field is also used to indicate the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of M is 3, and the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the size of the first sub-resource, the size of the second sub-resource and the size of the third sub-resource are the same value.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • i is a positive integer, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, and L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources
  • is the starting position of the first subresource is the starting position of the second subresource
  • i is a positive integer.
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following conditions:
  • FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second subresource, is the starting position of the third sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the value of M is 2, and the first indication information indicates the starting positions of the M sub-resources, including:
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the sizes of the M sub-resources are the starting position of the first sub-resource, the starting position of the second sub-resource and the sizes of the M sub-resources.
  • the size of the first sub-resource and the size of the second sub-resource are the same value.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the value of the first indication information is determined by one or more of the following parameters:
  • the i is a positive integer, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second sub-resource.
  • the value of the first indication information satisfies the following conditions:
  • the FRIV is the value of the first indication information, is the number of sub-channels included in the resource set, L subCH is the size of the M sub-resources, is the starting position of the first subresource, is the starting position of the second sub-resource, and i is a positive integer.
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources is determined by the size of the M sub-resources.
  • the size of the M sub-resources and the starting position of the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources satisfy a mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship includes one or more of the following;
  • the starting position of the first sub-resource is different from the size of the M sub-resources by an offset value
  • the first resource is a frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information indicates the start positions of the M-1 sub-resources among the M sub-resources, where the position of the time-domain resource where the first indication information is located is at The time domain positions of the M sub-resources are before.
  • the first indication information further indicates a time-domain position of a sub-resource whose start position is not indicated among the M sub-resources.
  • the resource whose starting position is not indicated among the M sub-resources is the first sub-resource among the M sub-resources, or the last sub-resource among the M sub-resources , or any sub-resource in the M sub-resources except the first sub-resource and the last sub-resource.
  • the time domain position of the subresource whose start position is not indicated is determined by a time slot offset value between the first time slot and the second time slot, and the first time slot
  • the slot is the time slot in which the first indication information is located
  • the second time slot is the time slot in which the subresource whose starting position is not indicated is located
  • the value of the time domain offset comes from the first
  • the index value corresponding to the value of the time domain offset value is indicated by the first indication information.
  • the receiving unit 1200 and the sending unit 1300 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has the functions of receiving and sending at the same time, which is not limited here.
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to perform processing and/or operations implemented internally by the first device except for the actions of sending and receiving.
  • the receiving unit 1200 is configured to perform an action of receiving by the first device
  • the sending unit 1300 is configured to perform an action of sending by the first device.
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 310 ; the sending unit 1300 executes the action sent in step 320 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 510
  • the sending unit 1300 executes the action sent in step 520
  • the sending unit 1300 executes the action sent in step 530 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 610
  • the sending unit 1300 executes the action sent in step 620 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 710
  • the sending unit 1300 executes the action sent in step 720 .
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to perform processing and/or operations implemented internally by the second device except for the actions of sending and receiving.
  • the receiving unit 1200 is configured to perform an action of receiving by the second device, and the sending unit 1300 is configured to perform an action of sending by the second device.
  • the receiving unit 1200 performs the actions received in step 320 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 330 .
  • the receiving unit 1200 executes the action received in step 520 .
  • the receiving unit 1200 executes the action received in step 530 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 540 .
  • the receiving unit 1200 executes the action received in step 620 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 630 .
  • the receiving unit 1200 executes the action received in step 720 .
  • the processing unit 1100 executes step 730.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • the communication device 10 includes: one or more processors 11 , one or more memories 12 and one or more communication interfaces 13 .
  • the processor 11 is used to control the communication interface 13 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 12 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 11 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 12, so that the communication device 10 executes the method described in each method embodiment of the present application. Processing performed by the first device or the second device.
  • the processor 11 may have the functions of the processing unit 1100 shown in FIG. 15
  • the communication interface 13 may have the functions of the receiving unit 1200 and/or the sending unit 1300 shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the processor 11 may be used to perform processing or operations performed internally by the communication device, and the communication interface 13 is used to perform sending and/or receiving operations of the communication device.
  • the communications apparatus 10 may be the first device in the method embodiment.
  • the communication interface 13 may be a transceiver of the first device. Transceivers may include receivers and/or transmitters.
  • the processor 11 may be a baseband device of the first device, and the communication interface 13 may be a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device 10 may be a chip (or chip system) installed in the first device.
  • the communication interface 13 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
  • the communications apparatus 10 may be the second device in the method embodiment.
  • the communication interface 13 may be a transceiver of the second device. Transceivers may include receivers and/or transmitters.
  • the processor 11 may be a baseband device of the second device, and the communication interface 13 may be a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device 10 may be a chip (or chip system) installed in the second device.
  • the communication interface 13 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
  • the dotted box behind the device indicates that there may be more than one device.
  • the memory and the processor in the foregoing apparatus embodiments may be physically independent units, or the memory and the processor may also be integrated together, which is not limited herein.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the computer, the method executed by the first device in each method embodiment of the present application Operations and/or processing are performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the second device in each method embodiment of the present application and /or processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program codes or instructions. When the computer program codes or instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the first device in each method embodiment of the present application and the /or processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program codes or instructions. When the computer program codes or instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the second device in each method embodiment of the present application and/or Processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a processor, a memory for storing computer programs is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used for executing the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the first computer installed with the chip
  • the device executes the operations and/or processes performed by the first device in any one method embodiment.
  • the chip may further include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the chip may further include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a processor, the memory for storing the computer program is set independently of the chip, the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that the first device installed with the chip executes the Operations and/or processing performed by the second device in any one method embodiment.
  • the chip may further include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the chip may further include the memory.
  • processors there may be one or more processors, one or more memories, and one or more memories.
  • the present application also provides a communication device (for example, it may be a chip or a chip system), including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and will receive The received data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or processed by the processor or information, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the first device in any one method embodiment is performed.
  • a communication device for example, it may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and will receive The received data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or processed by the processor or information, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the first device in any one method embodiment
  • the present application also provides a communication device (for example, it may be a chip or a chip system), including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and the received The data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or information processed by the processor , so that the operation and/or processing performed by the second device in any one method embodiment is performed.
  • a communication device for example, it may be a chip or a chip system
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the at least one memory,
  • the communication apparatus is made to perform the operation and/or processing performed by the first device in any one method embodiment.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that the The communication apparatus performs the operations and/or processes performed by the second device in any one method embodiment.
  • the present application also provides a wireless communication system, including the first device and the second device in the method embodiments of the present application.
  • the first device and the second device may be two terminal devices in the sidelink communication system.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • references to "an embodiment” throughout this specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Thus, the various embodiments throughout the specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • At least one item or similar expressions refer to one item or multiple items, that is, any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or plural items.
  • at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c.
  • the above is an example of the three elements of A, B and C to illustrate the optional items of the project.
  • the expression is "the project includes at least one of the following: A, B, ..., and X"
  • the applicable entries for this item can also be obtained according to the aforementioned rules.
  • a and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, and A and B exist simultaneously. B, the case where B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
  • A/B means: A or B.
  • a corresponds to B means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种发送信息的方法和通信装置，在该方法中，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送频域资源指示信息，频域资源指示信息指示第一终端设备向第二终端设备提供的辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小。其中，辅助资源用于第二终端设备进行资源选择。频域资源指示信息具有第一取值或第二取值，第一取值用于确定第一终端设备提供的辅助资源为第一终端设备不推荐的资源，第二取值指示第一终端设备提供的辅助资源是第一终端设备不期待接收的资源。第二终端设备根据频域资源指示信息可以判断出第一设备提供的不推荐辅助资源的类型，并充分利用该两种类型的辅助资源进行资源选择，可以提高传输的可靠性。

Description

发送信息的方法和通信装置
本申请要求于2022年01月11日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210028261.9、申请名称为“发送信息的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及侧行链路通信领域，更具体地，涉及一种发送信息的方法和通信装置。
背景技术
在侧行链路(sidelink,SL)通信中，支持模式1(也称mode1)和模式2(也称mode2)两种资源分配模式。其中，模式2支持资源感知和选择/重选过程。在模式2下的一种实现中，一个终端可以辅助其它终端进行资源选择，由此提升数据传输的可靠性。
例如，在侧行链路通信中，第一终端基于第二终端的请求，向第二终端提供资源，该资源用于辅助第二终端进行资源选择。具体地，第一终端向第二终端提供资源集合，资源集合中包含的资源可能为第一终端推荐第二终端使用或不使用的资源。第二终端在进行资源选择的过程中，需要确定一个资源集合，且保证该资源集合中有足够的资源用于物理侧行链路控制信道(physical control sidelink channel,PSCCH)/物理侧行链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)的传输。对于第一终端不推荐使用的资源，第二终端在资源选择的过程中可以不使用，但是，第二终端在选择资源的过程中，对于第一终端提供的不推荐使用的资源，第二终端都是无差别处理的。第二终端可用的资源不充足时，第二终端基于在该无差别处理的基础上所选择的资源进行侧行链路的传输，传输的可靠性不高。
发明内容
本申请提供一种发送信息的方法和通信装置，可以提升数据传输的可靠性。
第一方面，提供了一种发送信息的方法，该方法包括：
第一设备确定频域资源指示信息，其中，频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；其中，频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
第一设备向第二设备发送频域资源指示信息。
可选地，第一设备和第二设备可以均为终端设备或终端装置，不做限定。这里的说明对于其它方面的方法也是适用的，不再重复说明。
可替换地，第一取值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源，也可以为如下任一表述：
第一取值关联：辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；或
第一取值对应：辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；或
第一取值指示：辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源。
类似地，第二取值用于确定辅助资源所在的时隙为第一终端装置不期待接收的时隙，也可以表达如下含义：
第二取值关联：辅助资源所在的时隙为第一终端装置不期待接收的时隙；或者
第二取值对应：辅助资源所在的时隙为第一终端装置不期待接收的时隙；或者，
第二取值指示：辅助资源所在的时隙为第一终端装置不期待接收的时隙。
在该技术方案中，通过区分两种类型的不推荐资源，第一设备可以提供给第二设备(被辅助的设备)更多的信息，进而第二设备可以对两种不同类型的不推荐资源进行不同的处理。例如，当第二设备待使用的资源不充足时，第二设备在两种类型的不推荐资源中，可以使用一部分第一类型的不推荐资源。这是因为第一类型的不推荐资源是第一设备根据干扰程度确定，第二设备使用这部分资源，传输可靠性提升的幅度会有所下降，但是对于传输可靠性提升还是有益的。第二类型的不推荐资源是第一设备作为第二设备的接收设备而不期待第二设备使用的资源，第二设备使用该类型资源，第一设备由于半双工限制而无法接收，此时传输一定会失败。因此，区分两种类型的不推荐资源，可以使得第二设备最大限度利用两种类型的不推荐资源，提高自身传输的可靠性。
此外，使用FRIV字段中的预留状态来指示两种类型的不推荐资源，不引入新的信令开销，达到了节省信令开销的效果，充分利用了FRIV字段。
第二方面，提供了一种发送信息的方法，该方法包括：
第一设备确定辅助资源对应的RSRP的测量信息，其中，RSRP的测量信息具有第一测量值或第二测量值；第一测量值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；第二测量值用于确定辅助资源所在时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
第一设备向第二设备发送RSRP的测量信息。
这里，与第一方面类似，在第二方面中，“用于确定”也可以替换为关联、指示或者对应等，不做限定。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备向第二设备发送RSRP的测量信息，包括：
第一设备向第二设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息包括RSRP的测量信息，辅助信息还包括频域资源指示信息、时域资源指示信息和资源预留周期中的至少一个。
在该技术方案中，通过区分两种类型的不推荐资源，第一设备可以提供给第二设备(被辅助的设备)更多的信息，进而第二设备可以对两种不同类型的不推荐资源进行不同的处理。例如，当第二设备待使用的资源不充足时，第二设备在两种类型的不推荐资源中，可以使用一部分第一类型的不推荐资源。这是因为第一类型的不推荐资源是第一设备根据干扰程度确定，第二设备使用这部分资源，传输可靠性提升的幅度会有所下降，但是对于传输可靠性提升还是有益的。第二类型的不推荐资源是第一设备作为第二设备的接收设备而不期待第二设备使用的资源，第二设备使用该类型资源，第一设备由于半双工限制而无法接收，此时传输一定会失败。因此，区分两种类型的不推荐资源，可以使得第二设备最大限度利用两种类型的不推荐资源，提高自身传输的可靠性。使用RSRP测量值来指示区分两种类型的不推荐资源，不额外引入新的信令开销，充分利用了RSRP测量值这个字段。
第三方面，提供了一种发送信息的方法，该方法包括：
第一设备确定第一指示信息，其中，第一指示信息指示第一数量N，第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，辅助资源用于第二设备的资源选择，N为非负整数；
第一设备向第二设备发送第一指示信息。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：
第一设备向第二设备发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示辅助资源为：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
其中，第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
第四方面，提供了一种指示资源的方法，该方法包括：
第一设备确定第一资源，第一资源包括资源集中的M个子资源，M为正整数；
第一设备向第二设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，或者，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的部分子资源的起始位置。
可选地，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的频域起始位置，或者，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的部分子资源的频域起始位置。
第五方面，提供了一种接收信息的方法，该方法包括：
第二设备获取频域资源指示信息，频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
第二设备根据频域资源指示信息，确定辅助资源的类型。
第六方面，提供了一种接收信息的方法，该方法包括：
第二设备获取辅助资源对应的RSRP的测量信息，其中，RSRP的测量信息具有第一测量值或第二测量值；第一测量值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源，第二测量值用于确定辅助资源所在时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
第二设备根据RSRP的测量信息，确定辅助资源的类型。
可替换地，第二设备根据RSRP的测量信息，确定辅助资源的类型。也可以为如下任一表述：
第二设备根据RSRP的测量信息进行资源选择；或者第二设备在资源选择过程中使用RSRP的测量信息；或者
第二设备在资源选择过程中参考RSRP的测量信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二设备获取辅助资源对应的RSRP的测量信息，包括：
第二设备接收来自于第一设备的辅助信息，辅助信息包括所述RSRP的测量信息，辅助信息还包括频域资源指示信息、时域资源指示信息和资源预留周期中的至少一个；
第二设备从辅助信息中获取RSRP的测量信息。
第七方面，提供了一种接收信息的方法，该方法包括：
第二设备接收来自于第一设备的第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示第一数量N，第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，辅助资源用于第二设备的资源选择，N为非负整数；
第二设备根据第一指示信息，确定辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量。
可替换的，辅助资源用于第二设备的资源选择，也可以为如下任一表述：
辅助资源为第二设备的资源选择中的参考资源；或者
第二设备在资源选择中参考辅助资源；或者
第二设备在资源选择中使用辅助资源。
可替换地，第二设备根据第一指示信息，确定辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量。也可以为：第二设备根据第一指示信息确定辅助资源。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：
第二设备接收来自于第一设备的第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示辅助资源为：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
其中，第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
第八方面，提供了一种指示资源的方法，该方法包括：
第二设备接收来自于第一设备的第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，或者，第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的部分子资源的起始位置；
第二设备根据第一指示信息，确定所述M个子资源的起始位置。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，辅助资源用于第二设备进行资源选择。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源且第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000001
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000002
N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000003
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
在第一方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中，第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000004
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
在第二方面或第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二测量值为如下至少一种：
配置的RSRP测量值的上限值；
配置的RSRP测量值的下限值；
正无穷；
负无穷。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量N小于或等于第二数量，第二数量为配置或预配置的数值。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的预留信息。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，辅助信息包括资源指示信息；
以及，第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；
或者，
第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
以及，第一级SCI不包括MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。
可替换地，MCS指示信息也可以替换为MCS指示字段；MCS表格指示信息可以替换为MCS表格指示字段。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一级SCI的格式不同于SCI格式1-A。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息包括第二级SCI或MAC CE。
可选地，第一指示信息包括MAC CE中的MAC子头或MAC头。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，资源指示信息的组合中包含频域资源指示信息；
其中，频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；
频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，第四取值为频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，资源指示信息的组合中包含时域资源指示信息；
其中，时域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示辅助资源的时域位置；
时域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，第四取值为时域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，资源指示信息的组合中包含资源预留周期信息；
其中，资源预留周期信息的第三取值用于指示周期性预留的资源的预留周期；
资源预留周期信息的第四取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，第四取值为资源预留周期信息的预留状态。
可选地，无效组合可以理解为组合所指示的资源不是辅助资源。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第二指示信息指示辅助资源为：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
其中，第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
可选地，第二指示信息由第一级SCI中的预留比特或预留状态指示。
可选地，第二指示信息由网络设备的配置信令指示或者预配置的配置信令指示。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量N包括不推荐资源的数量和/或推荐资源的数量。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，辅助资源为不推荐资源，不推荐资源包括第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源；
其中，第一类型的不推荐资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；第二类型的不推荐资源为第一设备不期待接收的资源。
示例性地，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
其中，第一类型的不推荐资源为基于资源干扰程度确定的不推荐资源，具体可以根据条件来确定。例如，第一设备不推荐的资源可以是根据第一条件确定的资源，第一条件可以为：该资源对应的RSRP的测量值大于第一门限值；或者，该资源对应的RSRP的测量值小于第二门限值(此种情况下，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备或者，第一设备为发送该资源的设备的接收设备)。第二类型的不推荐资源为基于半双工限制确定的不推荐资源，此种情况下，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。若第一设备基于半双工的工作模式，不期待在一个资源上接收来自于第二设备的传输，则该资源即为第二类型的不推荐资源。
示例性的，第一类型的不推荐资源为：第一设备检测的其他设备的SCI所指示的预留资源对应的RSRP测量值大于第一阈值。该第一阈值由其他设备的SCI所指示的优先级值和第一设备进行资源选择所使用的优先级值所确定。
示例性的，第一类型的不推荐资源为：第一设备检测的其他设备的SCI所指示的预留资源对应的RSRP测量值小于第二阈值，且第一设备为其他设备的接收设备或者第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。该第二阈值由其他设备的SCI所指示的优先级值和第一设备进行资源选择所使用的优先级值所确定。
示例性的，第二类型的不推荐资源为：第一设备作为第二设备的接收设备不期待接收的资源或时隙为不推荐的资源或时隙。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量N包括不推荐资源的数量，以及第一类型的不推荐资源的数量。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量N包括不推荐资源的数量，以及第二类型的不推荐资源的数量。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量N包括第一类型的不推荐资源的数量和第二类型不推荐资源的数量。
在第三方面或第七方面的某些实现方式中，第一数量N为0，第一级SCI调度的共享信道中不包含辅助信息，辅助信息包含资源指示信息。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息为第二级侧行控制信息SCI和/或MAC CE。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，第一字段指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置，第二字段指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源之外的子资源的起始位置。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一字段和第二字段为第二级SCI和/或MAC CE中的不同的字段。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第二字段还用于指示M个子资源的大小。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，M的值为3，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
第一指示信息的值由以下参数的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置、第三个子资源的起始位置，以及M个子资源的大小。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一个子资源的大小、第二个子资源的大小和第三个子资源的大小为同一个取值。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000007
其中，i为正整数，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000008
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000012
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000013
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000014
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000015
为第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000016
为第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息的值满足以下条件：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000017
其中，FRIV为第一指示信息的值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000018
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000019
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000020
为第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000021
为第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，M的值为2，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一个子资源的大小与第二个子资源的大小为同一个取值。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的至少一个确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000023
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000024
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000027
其中，所述i为正整数，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000028
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000029
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000030
为第二个子资源的起始位置。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息的值满足以下条件：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000031
其中，FRIV为第一指示信息的值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000032
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000033
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000034
为第二个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置由所述M个子资源的大小确定。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，M个子资源的大小和所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置满足映射关系，所述映射关系包括以下一项或多项；
第一个子资源的起始位置和M个子资源的大小相差一个偏移值；
第一个子资源的起始位置和M个子资源的大小之间具有一一映射的关系，第一个子资源的起始位置的一个取值，唯一对应所述M个子资源的大小的一个取值。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一资源为频域资源。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的频域起 始位置。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源中的M-1个子资源的起始位置，其中，第一指示信息所在的时域资源的位置在所述M个子资源的时域位置之前。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，第一指示信息还指示所述M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，所述M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的资源为所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源，或者所述M个子资源中的最后一个子资源，或者所述M个子资源中除了所述第一个子资源和所述最后一个子资源之外的任一个子资源。
在第四方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中，所述未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置由第一时隙和第二时隙的时域偏移值确定，第一时隙为第一指示信息所在时隙，第二时隙为所述未被指示起始位置的子资源所在时隙，所述时域偏移值的取值来自于第一配置信息，所述时域偏移值的取值对应的索引值由第一指示信息指示。
在上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
在上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面的某些实现方式中，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源，且第一设备是第二设备的接收设备。
第九方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置具有实现第一方面至第四方面的任一方面，或这些方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
第十方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置具有实现第五方面至第八方面的任一方面，或这些方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
第十一方面，提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和存储器。可选地，还可以包括收发器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，并控制收发器收发信号，以使通信装置执行如第一方面至第四方面的任一方面，或这些方面中的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和存储器。可选地，还可以包括收发器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，并控制收发器收发信号，以使通信装置执行如第五方面至第八方面的任一方面，或这些方面中的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口用于接收数据和/或信息，并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器，所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息，以及，通信接口还用于输出经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息，以使得如第一方面至第四方面的任一方面，或这些方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第十四方面，提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口用于接收数据和/或信息，并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器，所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息，以及，通信接口还用于输出经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息，以使得如第五方面至第八方面的任一方面，或这些方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第十五方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得如第一方面至第八方面的任一方面，或这些方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第十六方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得如第一方面至第八方面的任一方面，或这些方面中的任一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第十七方面，提供一种无线通信系统，包括如第九方面所述的通信装置，和/或如第十方面所述的通信装置。
附图说明
图1为适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图。
图2为适用于本申请的通信系统的一个示例。
图3为SCI中的TRIV字段和FRIV字段所指示的资源的示意图。
图4为N max＝2时的FRIV字段所指示的参数的示意图。
图5为N max＝3时的FRIV字段所指示的参数的示意图。
图6为PSCCH和PSSCH的复用结构的示意图。
图7为SCI所指示的资源以及根据SCI中的TRIV字段、FRIV字段和资源预留周期所确定的资源。
图8为本申请提供的指示资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图9为确定第一资源包含的M个子资源中的第一个子资源的频域起始位置的示例。
图10为本申请提供的指示子资源的时域位置的实现方式的示例。
图11为本申请提供的发送信息的方法的示意性流程图。
图12为本申请提供的发送信息的方法的示意性流程图。
图13为不同L下的候选资源位置。
图14为本申请提供的发送信息的方法的示意性流程图。
图15为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。
图16为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性结构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于包括与车辆相关的通信系统，即终端与终端之间的 传输，以及车辆与终端之间的传输。也包括网络设备与终端/车辆之间的传输。
图1和图2为适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图。以车辆网(vehicle to everything,V2X)场景为例，车载终端需要与网络保持连接，以获得一些配置信息，也需要与其他车载终端保持连接，以实现车载通信。车载终端设备与网络设备之间的连接为上行链路和下行链路，车载终端设备之间的连接为侧行链路。
在本申请中，网络设备主要指基站，也称为无线接入点、收发站、中继站、小区、收发点TPR，演进型基站(envoledNodeB,eNodeB)，下一代基站(next generationNodeB,gNB)，以及路边站点单元(road site unit,RSU)等，对此，本申请不做限定。
终端设备可以为包含无线收发功能、且可以为用户提供通讯服务的设备。具体地，终端设备可以为V2X系统中的设备、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)系统中的设备、机器类型通信(machine-type communication,MTC)系统中的设备等。例如，终端设备可以指工业机器人、工业自动化设备、用户设备(User Equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线终端设备、移动终端MS，CPE，车载终端、用户代理或用户装置。例如，终端设备可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，第五代(the fifth generation,5G)网络或5G之后的网络中的终端设备或未来演进的公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等，本申请不做限定。
为了便于理解本申请的技术方案，首先对本申请实施例中涉及的相关概念作介绍。
在侧行链路通信中，侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)包括两级SCI，分别为第一级SCI和第二级SCI，下文分别记作SCI-1和SCI-2。
SCI-1承载于物理侧行链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel,PSCCH)，SCI-1中包含有优先级字段、频域资源分配(frequency resource assignment,FRIV)字段、时域资源分配(timeresource assignment,TRIV)字段，以及资源预留周期等。SCI-1调度PSSCH中的SCI-2和PSSCH。
SCI-2承载于物理侧行链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)，其中包含源标识(identifier,ID)、目的ID等字段。侧行链路通信中的接收终端根据SCI-1和SCI-2确定是否接收PSSCH中的信息。
在侧行链路中，UE使用mode2的资源选择方式选择资源，用SCI指示资源，SCI所指示的资源包含两类：SCI当前已使用的资源和预留资源(预留资源未被使用)。
如上所示，SCI中包含TRIV字段和FRIV字段。
TRIV字段：当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量为2时，TRIV字段占用的比特数为5bits，当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量为3时，该字段占用的比特数为9bits。
FRIV字段：当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量为2时，该字段占用的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000035
当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量为3时，该字段占用的比特 数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000036
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000037
表示向上取整。
示例性地，假设UE需要指示3个资源(也即，SCI指示的资源的最大数量为3)，该3个资源分别为R1-0，R1-1和R1-2，则SCI需要指示这3个资源的时域位置(例如，所在时隙)、频域起始位置和长度。SCI中的FRIV字段的作用即是指示资源的频域起始位置和频域长度，且SCI所指示的资源的频域长度是相等的。TRIV字段的作用是指示资源的时域位置。当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量为2时，TRIV字段指示实际的1个资源或2个资源的逻辑时间间隔；当SCI指示的资源的最大数量为3时，TRIV字段指示实际的1个或2个或3个资源的逻辑时间间隔。
假设N为SCI实际所指示的资源的个数，时间间隔的确定过程如下：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000038
其中，第一个资源所在时隙是接收SCI的时隙。Ti表示资源池内相较于第一个资源的以逻辑时隙为单位的时间间隔(时域偏移值)。N＝2,1≤t1≤31；N＝3，1≤t1≤30，t1<t2≤31。
参见图3，图3为SCI中的TRIV字段和FRIV字段所指示的资源的示意图。
如图3所示，假设UE A发送SCI，SCI中所指示的资源包含已使用的资源R1-0和预留资源R1-1和R1-2。其中，SCI所指示的3个资源的频域起始位置分别表示为n1-0,n1-1和n1-2，该3个资源的频域长度相等，为L sub。
TRIV字段指示第二个资源R1-1所在的时隙和第三个资源R1-2所在的时隙。其中，第一个资源R1-0的时域位置不需要指示，原因是当其它UE检测到UE A发送的SCI时，第一个资源R1-0的时域位置即为接收SCI的时隙。
FRIV字段指示第二个资源R1-1的频域起始位置和第三个资源R1-2的频域起始位置以及这3个资源(即R1-0，R1-1和R1-2)的频域长度。其中，第一个资源R1-0的频域起始位置n1-0不需要指示，原因是当其它UE检测到UE A发送的SCI时，可以根据SCI的子信道推算出第一个资源的频域起始位置，因此不需要在FRIV字段中指示。
参见图4，图4为N max＝2时的FRIV字段所指示的参数的示意图。
当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量(即N max)为2，FRIV字段的确定方式如下：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000039
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000040
为资源池所包含的子信道个数，可以由基站配置或预配置；L subCH为SCI所指示的资源的频域长度；
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000041
为第二个资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
参见图5，图5为N max＝3时的FRIV字段所指示的参数的示意图。
当SCI所指示的资源的最大数量(即N max)为3，FRIV字段的确定方式如下：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000042
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000043
为资源池所包含的子信道个数，可以由基站配置或预配置；L subCH为SCI所指示的资源的频域长度；
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000044
为第二个资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000045
为第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
参见图6，图6为PSCCH和PSSCH的复用结构的示意图。
参见图7，图7为SCI所指示的资源以及根据SCI中的TRIV字段、FRIV字段和资源预留周期所确定的资源。
如图7所示，假设UE A发送了SCI，SCI所指示的资源包含已使用的资源R1-0和预留资源R1-1和R1-2；以及R2-0，R2-1，R2-2。其中，R2-0，R2-1，R2-2是根据R1-0和预留资源R1-1，R1-2和周期确定的。例如，资源R1-0和资源R2-0的时间间隔是周期P；资源R1-1和资源R2-1的时间间隔是周期P；资源R1-2和资源R2-2的时间间隔是周期P。
周期P是根据SCI中的资源预留周期字段确定的，占用的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000046
N rsv_period是高层配置的资源预留周期的取值的集合。
其它UE根据检测到UE A发送的SCI中的TRIV字段、FRIV字段和资源预留周期字段，可以推断出第一个周期内的资源，以及后面周期内的资源。
下面介绍本申请的技术方案。
应注意，在本申请提供的各技术方案中，编号“第一”、“第二”等是独立使用的。例如，图8中的第一指示信息适用于图8中的方法300，以及方法300的各实施例。而图11中的“第一指示信息”适用于图11中的方法500，以及方法500的各实施例。图8中的第一指示信息和图11中的第一指示信息在各自的方案中表达不同的含义，不能混用。
参见图8，图8为本申请提供的指示资源的方法的示意性流程图。
310、第一设备确定第一资源，第一资源包括资源集中的M个子资源，M为正整数。
资源集可以理解为时频资源集合。例如，资源集为资源池。资源池为用于侧行传输的时频资源集合。
第一资源可以理解包含M个子资源的资源集合。
320、第一设备向第二设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的起始位置，或者，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的部分子资源的起始位置。
起始位置可以替换为结束位置或位置。
第二设备接收第一指示信息。
330、第二设备根据第一指示信息，确定M个子资源的起始位置。
可选地，第一指示信息为第二级SCI和/或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。
可选地，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的起始位置，或者，第一指示信息指示M个子资源中的部分子资源的起始位置，可以通过多种方式实现。
方式1
在一个示例中，第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，第一字段指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置，第二字段指示M个子资源中的除了第一个子资源之外的子资源的起始位置。
也即，在该实现方式中，第一指示信息通过两个字段分别指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置，以及第一个子资源之外的其它子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个示例中，第一字段和第二字段为第二级SCI和/或MAC CE中的不同的字段。
可选地，第二字段还用于指示M个子资源的大小。也即，第二字段指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源之外的其它子资源的起始位置，以及M个子资源的大小。
示例性的，第一指示信息为辅助资源的资源指示信息的N个组合中的组合d，组合d包括第一字段和第二字段。其中，第二字段为FRIV字段，FRIV字段指示M个子资源中的除了第一个子资源之外的子资源的频域起始位置和大小。第一字段指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源的频域起始位置。通过这种方式，第一指示信息指示了M个子资源的每个子资源的频域位置和长度。第一设备可以有效的向第二设备指示M个辅助资源。
示例性的，第一指示信息为辅助资源的资源指示信息的N个组合中的组合d，组合d包括第二字段。第一字段是组合d外，和组合d相关联的一个字段。其中，第二字段为FRIV字段，FRIV字段指示M个子资源中的除了第一个子资源之外的子资源的频域起始位置和大小。第一字段指示M个子资源中的第一个子资源的频域起始位置。通过这种方式，第一指示信息指示了M个子资源的每个子资源的频域位置和长度。第一设备可以有效的向第二设备指示M个辅助资源。
方式2
在一个示例中，第一指示信息的取值由一项或多项参数确定，该一项或多项参数指示M个子资源的起始位置，或者该一项或多项参数可用于确定M个子资源的起始位置。
在一种可能的情况下，M＝3，即第一资源包括资源集中的3个子资源，以下分别记作第一个子资源、第二个子资源和第三个子资源。
在这种情况下，第一指示信息指示第一资源所包含的3个子资源中的部分子资源或全部子资源的起始位置。
示例性地，第一指示信息的取值由如下参数中的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个资源的起始位置、第三个子资源的起始位置，以及M个子资源的大小。
第二设备接收来自于第二设备的第一指示信息，根据第一指示信息的取值，即可确定第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置、第三个子资源的起始位置，以及M个子资源的大小中的一个或多个。
或者说，第一指示信息的取值是关于上述一项或多项参数的函数。在第二设备获取到第一指示信息的取值之后，就可以确定出该一项或多项参数的取值。
例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于第一个子资源的起始位置的函数，第二设备根据第一指示信息的取值，即可确定出第一个子资源的起始位置。又例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置和第三个子资源的起始位置的 函数，则第二设备根据第一指示信息的取值，即可确定出第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置和第三个子资源的起始位置。再例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于M(M＝3)个子资源的大小的函数，则第一设备根据第一指示信息的取值，可以确定出M个子资源的大小。再例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于M(M＝3)个子资源的起始位置和M(M＝3)个子资源的大小的函数。
在一个示例性中，第一个子资源的大小、第二个子资源的大小和第三个子资源的大小为同一个取值。或者说，第一个子资源的大小、第二个子资源的大小和第三个子资源的大小是相等的。
在一个示例性中，第一指示信息的值由如下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000047
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000048
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，i为正整数。应注意，本文中的
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000049
和N subCH，以及
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000050
可以互相替换，它们为同一个参数。此外，
在另一个示例中，第一指示信息的值由如下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000051
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000052
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000053
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000054
为第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000055
为第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
进一步地，在一个示例中，第一指示信息的取值满足如下条件(3)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000056
其中，FRIV为第一指示信息的取值，N subCH为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000057
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000058
为第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000059
为第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
在该示例中，第二设备在确定FRIV字段的取值之后，可以推导出该M(M＝3)个子资源的起始位置。
在一种可能的情况下，M＝2，即第一资源包括资源集中的2个子资源，以下分别记作第一个子资源和第二个子资源。
在这种情况下，第一指示信息指示第一资源所包含的2个子资源的起始位置或部分子资源的起始位置。
示例性地，第一指示信息的取值由如下参数中的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个资源的起始位置，以及M个子资源的大小(M＝2)。
第二设备接收来自于第一设备的第一指示信息，根据第一指示信息的取值，即可确定第一资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置和M个子资源的大小中的一项或多项的 取值。
或者说，第一指示信息的取值是关于上述一项或多项参数的函数。在第二设备获取到第一指示信息的取值之后，就可以确定出该一项或多项参数的取值。
例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于第一个子资源的起始位置的函数，第二设备根据第一指示信息的取值，即可确定出第一个子资源的起始位置。又例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于第一个子资源的起始位置和第二个子资源的起始位置的函数，则第二设备根据第一指示信息的取值，即可确定出第一个子资源的起始位置和第二个子资源的起始位置。再例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于M(M＝2)个子资源的大小的函数，则第二设备根据第一指示信息的取值，可以确定出M个子资源的大小。再例如，第一指示信息的取值是关于M(M＝2)个子资源的起始位置和大小的函数，则第二设备根据第一指示信息的取值，可以确定出M个子资源的起始位置和大小。
在一个示例性中，第一个子资源的大小和第二个子资源的大小为同一个取值。或者说，第一个子资源的大小和第二个子资源的大小是相等的。
在一个示例性中，第一指示信息的值由如下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000060
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000061
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小。
在另一个示例中，第一指示信息的取值由如下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000062
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000063
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000064
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000065
为第二个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
进一步地，在一个示例中，第一指示信息的取值满足如下条件(4)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000066
其中，FRIV为第一指示信息的取值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000067
为资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000068
为第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000069
为第二个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
在该示例中，第二设备在确定FRIV字段的取值之后，可以推导出该M(M＝2)个子资源的起始位置。
如上文所述，在方式2中，第一指示信息的取值由一项或多项参数确定，在一种可选的实现中，第一指示信息由一项参数确定，该项参数为M个子资源的大小。
在这种可选的实现中，M个子资源的大小和M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置满足映射关系，该映射关系包括如下一项或多项：
第一个子资源的起始位置和M个子资源的大小相差一个偏移值；
第一个子资源的起始位置和M个子资源之间具有一一映射的关系，其中，第一个子资源的起始位置的一个取值，唯一对应M个子资源的大小的一个取值。
由此，第二设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的大小。第二设 备根据第一指示信息确定M个子资源的大小。进一步地，由于M个子资源的大小和M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置之间满足映射关系，第二设备基于该映射关系，可以确定M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置。
在该可选的实现方式中，第一指示信息可以为第一资源的资源指示信息，资源指示信息至少包括第一资源的时域资源分配TRIV字段和频域资源分配FRIV字段，其中，TRIV字段用于指示第一资源所包含的M个子资源中的第一个子资源之外的其它子资源的时域位置，FRIV字段用于指示第一资源所包含的M个子资源的频域长度，以及M个子资源中的除了第一个子资源之外的其它子资源的频域起始位置。此时，FRIV字段可以根据上面的公式(1)或公式(2)来确定。
第二设备接收第一指示信息，根据第一指示信息的取值，确定用于指示M个子资源的频域长度的参数的取值。再根据M个子资源的频域长度和第一个子资源的起始位置之间一一映射的关系，可以确定出第一个子资源的起始位置。进一步地，第二设备结合第一资源的资源指示信息(具体为TRIV字段和FRIV字段)，可以确定第一资源所包含的M个子资源中的每个子资源的时域位置、频域起始位置和频域长度。
可选的，第二设备向第一设备发送触发信息，该触发信息包含资源预留周期，子信道的个数，优先级值中的至少一个。第一设备根据触发信息确定辅助资源，该辅助资源的子信道的大小为该触发信息中的子信道的个数。M个子资源的频域长度为该子信道的个数。用于指示M个子资源的频域长度的参数可以用于指示第一个子资源的频域起始位置。
假设资源集中子信道的个数为N subCH，第一资源所包含的M个子资源的频域长度为L sub，则L sub的取值范围为[1,N subCH]，第一个子资源的频域起始位置(记作n start)的取值范围为[0,N subCH-L sub]，通过建立第一个子资源的频域起始位置n start的取值与M个子资源的频域长度L sub的取值之间的映射关系，使得第一个子资源的频域起始位置n start的每个取值唯一对应M个子资源的频域长度L sub的一个取值。第一设备向第二设备发送第一资源的资源指示信息，该资源指示信息包括第一资源的频域资源指示信息，频域资源指示信息用于指示第一资源包含的M个子资源的频域长度。示例性地，频域资源指示信息为FRIV字段。第二设备根据FRIV字段确定出M个子资源的频域长度的取值之后，根据映射关系，可以推导出该频域长度的取值对应的M个子资源中的第一个子资源的频域起始位置的取值。
作为一个示例，该映射关系可以为：第一个子资源的频域起始位置，是M个子资源的大小(也即，M个子资源的频域长度)减去一个偏移值。示例性地，该偏移值为1。
参见图9，图9为确定第一资源包含的M个子资源中的第一个子资源的频域起始位置的示例。如上文所述，若第一个子资源的频域起始位置与频域长度之间满足的映射关系为：第一个子资源的频域起始位置加上一个偏移值等于频域长度，并且，第二设备根据FRIV字段确定的频域长度为2，则频域长度减去偏移值(假设偏移值为1)，得到第一个子资源的频域起始位置为1。
应理解，M个子资源的频域长度和第一个子资源的频域起始位置之间的映射方式并不是唯一的，本领域技术人员基于该实现方式的构思，可以想到多种映射方式，本申请对此不做限定。例如，从[1,N subCH]个数值中选择出N subCH-L sub+1个数值，N subCH-L sub+1个数值和[0,N subCH-L sub]一一映射。其中，从[1,N subCH]个数值中选择出N subCH-L sub+1个数值，可 以是选择前N subCH-L sub+1个数值[1,N subCH-L sub+1],或者选择后N subCH-L sub+1个数值[L sub,N subCH],或者随机选择N subCH-L sub+1个数值。
可选地，上述第一资源为频域资源。
在第一资源为频域资源的情况下，第一指示信息所指示的起始位置，即为频域起始位置，具体地，第一指示信息指示M个子资源的频域起始位置或者M个子资源中的部分子资源的频域起始位置。
在这种情况下，作为一个示例，第一指示信息指示M个子资源中的(M-1)个子资源的频域起始位置，其中，第一指示信息所在的时域资源的位置在M个子资源的时域位置之前。此时，第一指示信息还指示M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置。
也即，在该示例中，第一指示信息仅指示了M个子资源中的(M-1)个子资源的频域起始位置，有一个子资源的频域起始位置在第一指示信息中未指示。为了描述的清楚和简洁，假设该未被指示频域起始位置的子资源记作子资源a。
可选地，该未被指示频域起始位置的子资源(例如，子资源a)可以是M个子资源中的第一个子资源、最后一个子资源，或者第一个子资源和最后一个子资源之外的其它任一子资源。
在这种实现中，子资源a的频域起始位置可以由第一设备单独进行指示。
作为一个示例，未被指示频域起始位置的子资源的时域位置由第一时隙和第二时隙之间的时域偏移值确定。其中，第一时隙为第一指示信息所在的时隙，第二时隙是该未被指示频域起始位置的子资源所在的时隙。作为一个示例，时域偏移值的取值来自于第一配置信息，时域偏移值的取值对应的索引值由第一指示信息指示。
示例性地，下面以未被指示频域起始位置的子资源为M个子资源中的第一个子资源为例，说明未被指示频域起始位置的子资源的时域位置是如何确定的。
参见图10，图10为本申请提供的指示子资源的时域位置的实现方式的示例。
如图10中的方式(1)
(1)预配置或配置或预定义一个时域参考点，第一设备向第二设备指示第一资源所包含的M个子资源中的第一个子资源的时域位置相对于该时域参考点的时域偏移值。
示例性地，时域参考点可以为如下之一：
第一设备接收来自于第二设备的触发信令的时间；
第一设备所确定的资源选择窗(resource selection window,RSW)的时域起始位置；
第一设备发送辅助信息所在的时域资源；
第一设备发送辅助信息的SCI所指示的最后一个时域资源。
第一设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示时域偏移值。时域偏移值为时域参考点和第一个子资源的时域资源之间的时间间隔。
第二设备获取第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示时域偏移值。第二设备根据时域参考点和时域偏移值，可以确定第一个子资源的时域位置。第一指示信息所指示的时间偏移值来自于第一配置信息，该第一配置信息由网络设备配置或预配置。
例如，第一配置信息包括{32，64，96，128，160，192，224，256}，第一指示信息用3比特来指示第一配置信息所包含的8个数值的其中一个。又例如，第一配置信息包括K个数值，则第一指示信息中的
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000070
个比特用于指示该K个数值中的一个。K个数 值可以是连续的1到K个数值，也可以是离散的K个数值。离散的K个数值可以是预配置或网络设备配置的。
这里，关于第一配置信息的说明也适用于其它涉及到第一配置信息的方式中，下文不再赘述。
应理解，图10的方式1中示出了2个资源(对应2个组合)，如资源1(对应组合1)和资源2(对应组合2)。资源1和资源2均包含3个子资源(每个子资源为一个辅助资源)。对于资源1和资源2，第一设备均可以按照方式(1)向第二设备指示第一个子资源的时域位置。例如，第一配置信息中包含2个时域偏移值(如偏移值1和偏移值2)，第二设备根据2个时域偏移值和时域参考点，可以确定出资源1所包含的第一个子资源的时域位置(时域参考点+偏移值1)和资源2所包含的第一个子资源的时域位置(时域参考点+偏移值2)。
可以理解的是，方式1中，所有组合的时域参考点是同一个。
以上方式(1)仅为指示第一资源所包含的M个子资源中的第一个子资源的一种方式。下面再提供几种其它方式。
如图10中的方式(2)
(2)预配置或配置或预定义一个时域参考点，第一设备向第二设备指示时域位置最靠前的第一个资源中的第一个子资源的时域位置相对于时域参考点的时域偏移值，以及时域位置相邻的两个资源中的后一个资源中的第一个子资源相对于前一个资源中的最后一个子资源的时域偏移量。可以理解为，第一个组合中的第一个资源的时域参考点是预配置或配置或预定义的时域参考点；除了第一个组合外，后一个组合中的第一个资源以前一个组合中的最后一个资源为时域参考点。
如图10中的方式(2)，资源1和资源2各自包含3个子资源，第一配置信息中指示偏移值1和偏移值2。第二设备根据时域参考点和偏移值1，确定资源1中的第一个子资源的时域位置(时域参考点+偏移值1)。同时，第二设备根据资源1的时域资源指示信息，可以确定出资源1中的剩余2个子资源的时域位置。进一步地，第二设备根据资源1中的第三个子资源的时域位置和偏移值2，确定出资源2中的第一个子资源的时域位置(资源1中的第三个子资源的时域位置+偏移值2)。
需要说明的是，在图10的方式(2)中，第二设备还获取资源1的时域资源指示信息(例如，TRIV字段)，在资源1中的第一个子资源的时域位置已知的情况下，资源1的时域资源指示信息用于确定资源1中的第一个子资源之外的其它子资源的时域位置。因此，在确定资源1中的第一个子资源的时域位置之后，根据资源1的时域资源指示信息，即可确定资源1中的后两个子资源的时域位置。进一步地，根据资源1中的最后一个子资源的时域位置和偏移值2，可以获知资源2中第一个子资源的时域位置。再结合资源2的时域资源指示信息(例如，TRIV字段)，可以确定资源2中的第一个子资源之外的其它子资源的时域位置，以此类推。
如图10中的方式(3)
(3)预配置或配置或预定义一个时域参考点，假设第一设备需要向第二设备指示N个资源，N个资源中的每个资源包含若干个子资源。每个资源所包含的子资源中的第一个子资源不属于辅助资源。第一设备向第二设备指示N个资源中的每个资源中的第一个子资 源的时域位置相对于时域参考点的时域偏移值。其中，第一资源为N个资源中的一个资源的示例。
可以理解为：每个组合所指示的M个子资源中的第一个子资源不是辅助资源。该第一个子资源是指示M个子资源中除了第一个子资源外的剩余M-1个子资源的时域位置的时域参考点。也就是说，第一个子资源的作用是用于每个组合中指示除了第一个子资源之外的剩余M-1个子资源的时域参考点。并且每个组合的时域参考点是同一个。
在图10的方式(3)中，N＝2，即有2个资源，分别为资源1和资源2。每个资源包含3个子资源，其中，每个资源中的第一个子资源为该资源的参考资源。例如，资源1中的第一个子资源为参考资源1-0，资源2中的第一个子资源为参考资源2-0。此外，资源1中还包含2个子资源，分别为1-1和1-2(均为辅助资源)；资源2中还包含2个子资源，分别为2-1和2-2(均为辅助资源)。
第二设备获取第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示偏移值1和偏移值2。第一指示信息所指示的时间偏移值来自于第一配置信息，该第一配置信息由网络设备配置或预配置。
例如，第一配置信息包括{32，64，96，128，160，192，224，256}，第一指示信息用3比特来指示第一配置信息所包含的8个数值的其中一个。又例如，第一配置信息包括K个数值，则第一指示信息中的
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000071
个比特用于指示该K个数值中的一个。K个数值可以是连续的1到K个数值，也可以是离散的K个数值。离散的K个数值可以是预配置或网络设备配置的。
第二设备根据时域参考点和偏移值1，可以确定出资源1中的第一个子资源(也即，参考资源1-0)的时域位置。进一步地，第二设备根据参考资源1-0的时域位置，以及第一资源的时域资源指示信息(例如，TRIV字段)，可以确定资源1所包含的2个子资源的时域位置。具体地，第二设备将参考资源1-0以及第一资源所包含的2个子资源(如1-1和1-2)视作一组资源，其中，参考资源为这组资源中的第一个资源，再结合TRIV字段，即可确定出该组资源中的第一个资源之外的其它资源的时域位置。此时，该TRIV字段可以看作为参考资源1-0，资源1中的子资源1-1以及资源1中的子资源1-2组成的一组资源的时域位置指示信息，在该组资源中的第一个资源(具体为参考资源1-0)的时域位置已知的情况下，可以确定出该组资源中的第一个资源之外的其它资源的时域位置。从而，可以获得资源1所包含的2个子资源的时域位置。
资源2中的第一个辅助资源(也即，第二个子资源2-1)的时域位置的确定，与资源1中的第一个辅助资源(也即，第二个子资源1-1)的时域位置的确定过程是相同的，这里不再赘述。
参见图10的方式(4)
(4)预配置或配置或预定义一个时域参考点，假设第一设备需要向第二设备指示N个资源，N个资源中的每个资源包含若干个子资源。每个资源所包含的子资源中的第一个子资源不属于辅助资源。第一资源为N个资源中的一个资源的示例。关于资源1和资源2的介绍可以参考图5中的方式(3)的说明，不再赘述。可以理解为：每个组合所指示的M个资源中的第一个资源不是辅助资源。该第一个资源是指示M个资源中除了第一个资源外的剩余M-1个资源的时域位置的时域参考点。也就是说，第一个资源的作用是用于每 个组合中指示除了第一个资源外的剩余M-1个资源的时域参考点。并且每个组合的时域参考点不同，第一个组合的时域参考点是预配置或配置或预定义的时域参考点，除了第一个组合外，后一个组合中的第一个资源以前一个组合中的最后一个资源为时域参考点。
第一设备向第二设备指示时域位置最靠前的第一个资源(如资源1)中的第一个子资源(如1-0，也为资源1中的参考资源)的时域位置相对于时域参考点的时域偏移值(如偏移值1)，以及时域位置相邻的两个资源(如资源1和资源2)中的后一个资源(如资源2)中的参考资源(如2-0)的时域位置相对于前一个资源(如1-0)中的最后一个子资源(如1-2)的时域偏移值。具体地，时域偏移值1和时域偏移值2可以由第一指示信息指示。第二设备获取第一指示信息，并从中获取时域偏移值1和时域偏移值2。第二设备根据时域偏移值1和资源1的时域资源指示信息(例如，TRIV字段)，可以确定资源1中的辅助资源(也即，除了第一个参考资源之外的子资源)的时域位置。与方式(3)类似，在确定资源1中的辅助资源的时域位置时，第二设备将资源1中的参考资源(如1-0)以及第一资源所包含的2个辅助资源(如1-1和1-2)视作一组资源，其中，将参考资源视作这组资源中的第一个资源，再结合TRIV字段，即可确定出该组资源中的第一个资源之外的其它资源的时域位置，从而，获得资源1所包含的2个辅助资源的时域位置。进一步地，第二设备根据资源1中的最后一个子资源(如1-2)的时域位置和时域偏移值2，可以确定出资源2中的参考资源(如2-0)的时域位置。再根据资源2中的参考资源的时域位置和资源2的时域资源指示信息(例如，TRIV字段)，确定出资源2所包含的2个辅助资源的时域位置。
以上介绍了本申请提供的指示资源的方法。
本申请提供的指示资源的方法可用于指示一组资源(例如，资源集中的M个子资源)的通信场景。当两个设备之间需要指示一组或多组资源的情况下，本申请提供的指示资源的方法是适用的。当有多组资源时，第一资源所包含的M个子资源即相当于一组资源。在有多组资源需要指示的情况下，每一组资源的指示都是类似的。作为通信场景的一个示例，本申请提供的指示资源的方法可用于侧行链路通信的场景下。
在此场景下，第一设备和第二设备均为终端。可替换地，第一设备为第一终端(或第一终端装置)，第二设备为第二终端(或第二终端装置)。
此外，资源集为资源池。
另外，第一资源包含资源集中的M个子资源，可以对应为，第一资源为M个辅助资源组成的一组辅助资源，其中，该M个辅助资源属于第一设备的资源池中的资源，M为正整数。可选的，每组辅助资源中包含的辅助资源的数量M不一定相同。每组辅助资源资源指示的子资源个数小于或等于最大值，每组资源指示的子资源的数量的最大值是相同的。
为了便于理解后续的实施例，下面对辅助资源以及辅助资源相关的概念作介绍。
在侧行链路通信中，UE协作可以解决半双工问题、隐藏节点和暴露节点等问题，并在侧行链路通信的mode2的资源选择过程中可以提升传输的可靠性。
UE协作可以分为方案1(scheme 1)和方案2(scheme 2)，本申请中主要涉及方案1。
方案1有两个分支，分别为基于触发的方案1，和基于条件的方案1。其中，基于触 发的方案1包含4个步骤，以进行侧行链路通信的两个UE(例如，UEA和UEB)为例，主要是UEB请求UE A提供辅助资源，以协助UE B进行资源选择。
步骤1：UEB向UEA发送触发信令，触发信令用于请求UEA提供辅助资源用于UE B的资源选择；
步骤2：UE A接收到触发信令，根据条件确定辅助资源集合；
步骤3：UEA向UEB发送辅助资源集合；
步骤4：UEB接收辅助资源集合后，用于自身的资源选择中。
而基于条件的方案1，是UEA在满足了特定条件后向UEB提供辅助资源，不需要UEB向UE A提供触发信令。
UE A向UE B提供辅助资源集合，具体可以是UE A通过辅助信息向UE B指示提供的辅助资源，或者说，UE A向UE B发送辅助信息，辅助信息用于指示辅助资源。具体地，辅助信息中包含用于指示辅助资源的资源指示信息。进一步地，资源指示信息可以包括时域资源指示信息和频域资源指示信息。其中，时域资源指示信息具体可以为时域资源分配(time resource assignment,TRIV)字段，频域资源指示信息具体可以为频域资源分配(frequency resource assignment,FRIV)字段。
为了描述上的方便，下面将UE A替换为第一终端，UE B替换为第二终端。
辅助信息的形式可以为N个组合，N个组合中的每个组合指示一组辅助资源。也即，第一终端向第二终端发送辅助信息，辅助信息中包含N个组合，N个组合中的每个组合指示一组辅助资源，具体为，N个组合中的每个组合中的TRIV字段指示该组合中的辅助资源的时域位置，N个组合中的每个组合中的FRIV字段指示该组合中的辅助资源的频域位置(例如，频域起始位置和大小)。可选地，在侧行链路通信中，还支持资源的预留，因此，辅助信息中还可以包括资源预留周期，不作限定。可选地，当第一终端是基于第二终端的触发信令提供推荐资源时，资源预留周期可以忽略。
可选地，当辅助信息包含的组合的数量小于一个阈值，辅助信息可以由SCI-2和MACCE承载；当辅助信息包含的组合的数量大于或等于该阈值，辅助信息可以由MAC CE承载。
综上，当一个组合所指示的一组资源所包含的资源的最大数量为2或3，TRIV字段指示了该组资源中除了第一个资源之外的其它资源的时域位置，FRIV字段指示了该组资源的频域长度以及除了第一个资源之外的其它资源的频域起始位置。
在侧行链路通信的模式2的资源分配方案中，第一设备向第二设备提供辅助资源，用于第二设备进行资源选择，并且，第一设备向第二设备提供的辅助资源的数量可以小于或等于一个最大数量。但是，针对一次资源选择的过程而言，第一设备向第二设备提供的辅助资源的数量是不确定的，由此可能会导致第一设备和第二设备对应辅助资源的数量的理解不一致，从而影响第二设备的资源选择过程。
为此，本申请还提供一种发送信息的方法，旨在第一设备和第二设备对于第一设备所提供的辅助资源的数量有一致的理解。
参见图11，图11为本申请提供的发送信息的方法的示意性流程图。
510、第一设备确定第一指示信息，其中，第一指示信息指示第一数量N，第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，辅助资源用于第二设备的资源选择，第一设备 为第二设备的接收设备，N为非负整数。
这里，辅助资源用于第二设备的资源选择，也即，第二设备在资源选择的过程中，可以参考第一设备提供的辅助资源。
示例性地，辅助资源是不推荐资源或推荐资源。不推荐资源是第一设备不推荐第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择过程中使用的资源。推荐资源是第一设备推荐第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择过程中使用的资源。第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择的过程中，可以使用第一设备提供的不推荐资源或推荐资源。当辅助资源是不推荐资源，第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择的过程中，排除和不推荐资源有重叠的资源。当辅助资源是推荐资源，第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择的过程中，使用的资源既是推荐资源又是自身感知结果所确定的资源。
520、第一设备向第二设备发送第一指示信息，第二设备接收第一指示信息。
530、第二设备根据第一指示信息，确定辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量。
其中，资源指示信息至少包括时域资源分配TRIV字段和频域资源分配FRIV字段。或者说，所述组合至少包括TRIV字段和FRIV字段。
需要说明的是，辅助资源通常是以组为单位的一组或多组资源，所以，TRIV字段和FRIV字段的组合可以指示一组辅助资源。
在一种实现中，TRIV字段指示一组辅助资源中的辅助资源的时域位置，FRIV字段指示一组辅助资源中的辅助资源的频域起始位置和频域长度。可选地，一组辅助资源中的辅助资源的频域长度相等。在该实现中，FRIV字段可以如上文中的公式(3)或公式(4)，这里不再赘述。
在另一种实现中，TRIV字段指示一组辅助资源中的除了第一个辅助资源之外的其它辅助资源的时域位置。FRIV字段指示一组辅助资源的频域长度，以及除了第一个辅助资源之外的每个辅助资源的频域起始位置。在这种实现中，FRIV字段可以如上文中的公式(1)或公式(2)，这里不再赘述。
可选地，第一数量N小于等于第二数量L，其中，第二数量为配置或者预配置的数值。
可选地，第二数量可以有两个。
已知，辅助信息可以由SCI-2和MAC CE承载，或者，辅助信息由MAC CE承载。可以针对辅助信息由SCI-2和MAC CE承载的实现，配置一个第二数量；并针对辅助信息由MAC CE承载的实现，配置一个第二数量。可选地，这两种情况下，第二数量的取值可以相同或者不同，不作限定。
换句话说，第一设备向第二设备指示的辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量是一个实际数量，是第一设备向第二设备指示的组合的实际数量，而第二数量为预配置或配置的组合的最大数量。第一设备向第二设备所指示的组合的实际数量小于或等于最大数量。
(1)在一种可选的实现方式中，第一指示信息可以包含在第一级SCI中。
方式1
在一种实现中，第一指示信息可以为第一级SCI中的预留信息。
例如，在侧行链路SL通信的场景下，第一终端通过第一级SCI中的预留信息向第二设备指示第一数量。其中，预留信息可以理解为预留资源中的比特或码点。可替换地，码点也可以称为状态。
方式2
在另一种实现中，第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，且第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，辅助信息包括资源指示信息；
以及，第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；
或者，
第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。
第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息。可以理解为，第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的辅助信息和数据不复用，或者第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI只调度辅助信息。这里，辅助信息可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于MAC CE和第二级SCI中。
当第一级SCI只调度辅助信息时，辅助信息的MCS可以是预定义的或固定或使用RRC信令或PC5RRC信令配置的。
可选的，第一指示信息为MCS字段和/或MCS表格指示字段的比特数/状态数中的剩余比特或状态。
可选地，辅助信息的调制阶数为QPSK，16QAM，64QAM中的一种。辅助信息的码率可以是一个固定的码率或者MCS表格中的一个码率，或者MCS表格中MCS索引0对应的码率。例如，辅助信息的调制阶数为QPSK，码率为MCS索引0对应的码率，即指示辅助信息的MCS使用了0个状态，还剩余32个状态。该MCS字段和/MCS表格指示字段的比特或状态中的至少一个可以指示组合的数量(第一数量)。
可选地，辅助信息的码率可以是调制阶数对应的码率的集合中的一个。例如，辅助信息的调制阶数为QPSK，码率为MCS索引[0,9]对应的码率。即指示辅助信息的MCS使用了10个状态，还剩余22个状态。该剩余状态中的至少一个可以指示组合的数量(第一数量)。
比如下表格中，MCS字段为5比特，5比特指示32种状态，分别对应32个索引。第一指示信息为MCS表格中调制阶数为16QAM和64QAM对应的MCS索引[10,31]中的一个或多个，每个MCS索引对应MCS字段所指示的一种状态。
比如下表格中，MCS字段为5比特，5比特指示32种状态，分别对应32个索引。第一指示信息为MCS表格中调制阶数为16QAM和64QAM对应的MCS索引[10,31]中的一个或多个，每个MCS索引对应MCS字段所指示的一种状态。
表1
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000073
在方式2中，第一指示信息可以为第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息，或者，第一指示信息可以为第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。同时，第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，辅助信息中包括辅助资源的资源指示信息。
由于辅助信息的MCS没有用完5比特或32个状态(码点)，此时利用这5比特或32个状态中的剩余比特或状态来指示组合的数量，可以最大限度的利用现有的比特数来指示有用信息，不额外增加新的比特。第一设备和第二设备对于组合的数量，辅助资源的数量的理解是一致的。
可选地，在方式2中，所述“部分状态”可以替换为“部分码点”。
可选地，方式1和方式2中的第一级SCI格式可以为SCI格式1-A或其它格式，不作限定。
方式3
在另一种实现中，第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
以及，第一级SCI不包括MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。
可以理解的是，MCS指示信息为MCS指示字段。MCS表格指示信息为MCS表格指示字段。
第一级SCI中的预留信息指示第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，可以理解为，第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，也可以理解为，第一级SCI调度辅助信息。这里辅助信息可以承载于MAC CE和第二级SCI中，或者承载于MAC CE中。
第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，可以替换为，第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息。可选的，第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息和数据。预留信息的解释参见方式1。
可选地，第一级SCI使用MCS指示字段和/或MCS表格指示字段中的全部或部分比特/状态指示第一数量。此时，原来的MCS指示字段和/或MCS表格指示字段不再存在。
可选地，方式1～方式3中的第一级SCI格式可以为SCI格式1-A，或者，第一级SCI的格式不同于SCI格式1-A。例如，第一级SCI的格式可以为未来侧行链路通信中采用的SCI的新格式，不作限定。
可选地，在方式1～方式3中使用的第一级SCI的预留信息时，第一级SCI的格式为SCI格式1-A。
(2)在另一种可选的实现方式中，第一指示信息可以包含在第二级SCI和/或MAC CE中。
第一指示信息可以包含在第二级SCI中，可以理解，第二级SCI有至少一个比特用于指示第一数量。
第一指示信息可以包含在MAC CE中，可以理解，MAC CE有至少一个比特指示第一数量，或者MAC CE中的MAC子头(subcheader)指示第一数量，或者MAC CE中的MAC头指示第一数量。
这样，通过第二级SCI和/或MAC CE指示第一数量，使得收发两端对于组合的数量的理解是一致的。保证第二设备可以成功接收第一设备的辅助信息，进而利用辅助信息来提高传输的可靠性。
如上文所示，第一数量小于或等于第二数量。
在一种可能的情况下，第一设备向第二设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示第一数量，第一数量等于第二数量。换句话说，第一设备始终向第二设备指示辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的最大数量。在这种情况下，第一设备向第二设备指示L个组合，但是L个组合中的部分组合可能是无效的。此时，频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，第四取值为频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
其中，频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小，可以理解为，频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为有效组合，并且，第三取值用于指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；
示例性地，有效组合为：所述辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合所指示的辅助资源为有效的辅助资源，或者真实的辅助资源，所述第一设备可以将所述辅助资源用作参考资源，即在资源选择的过程中可以使用所述辅助资源。无效组合为：所述辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合所指示的辅助资源为无效的辅助资源，所述第一设备不可以在资源选择的过程中参考该组合内的资源，或者无效资源不是所述第一设备在进行资源选择时的参考资源，或者第一设备在进行资源选择时不使用该组合内的资源。
可选地，“所述频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示所述辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，所述第四取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。”可以替换为：所述频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示所述辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合所指示的资源为无效资源，无效资源不是所述第一设备在进行资源选择时的参考资源。所述第四取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
示例性地，频域资源指示信息可以为FRIV字段，其中，第四取值可以为FRIV字段的预留状态。这里，FRIV字段的预留状态，可以参见图12中的方法600或其任一实现方式中对于FRIV字段的预留状态的说明。
在该实现方式中，通过频域资源指示信息的第三取值指示资源指示信息的组合为有效组合，并通过资源指示信息的第四取值指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合。可选地，基于同样的构思，可以通过时域资源指示信息或资源预留周期信息的不同取值来指示资源指示信息的组合为有效组合或无效组合，不做限定。
例如，时域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示辅助资源的时域位置；
时域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，第四取值为时域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，资源指示信息的组合中包含资源预留周期信息；
其中，资源预留周期信息的第三取值用于指示周期性预留的资源的预留周期；
资源预留周期信息的第四取值用于指示资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，第四取值为资源预留周期信息的预留状态。
可选地，无效组合可以理解为组合所指示的资源不是辅助资源。
可替换地，频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小。
第一设备向第二设备指示辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量N，以向第二设备指示第一设备提供了N组辅助资源。进一步地，N组辅助资源中可能包括第一设备推荐的资源或不推荐的资源。
可选地，方法500还包括步骤540。
540、第一设备向第二设备发送第二指示信息。
其中，第二指示信息指示辅助资源为如下三种情形之一：
推荐资源；
不推荐资源；或者，
不推荐资源和推荐资源。
也即，第一设备向第二设备指示的辅助资源可能全部为推荐资源，或者全部为不推荐资源，或者，部分为推荐资源且部分为不推荐资源。
示例性地：
用1比特指示不推荐资源或推荐资源；
用2比特或3个状态指示不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源中的一个。
其中，所述第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。即用SCI-1中的1比特指示不推荐资源或推荐资源；
或者用SCI-1中的2比特或3个状态指示不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源中的一个。
配置信令可以是配置在资源池上的RRC信令，或者是预配置的信令。即网络设备配置或预配置辅助资源为不推荐资源或推荐资源中的一个或两种。
应理解，推荐资源和不推荐资源均属于辅助资源。
示例性地，在第二指示信息指示辅助资源为推荐资源的情况下，第一指示信息所指示的第一数量N为推荐资源的数量；在第二指示信息指示辅助资源为不推荐资源的情况下，第一指示信息所指示的第一数量N为不推荐资源的数量；在第二指示信息指示辅助资源为推荐资源和不推荐资源的情况下，第一指示信息所指示的第一数量N包括推荐资源的数量和不推荐资源的数量。
在本申请中，不推荐资源进一步可以包括两种类型，分别为第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源，其中，第一类型的不推荐资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；第二类型的不推荐资源是不期待接收的时隙。换句话说，如果第二设备指示的不推荐资源所在的时隙是第一设备不期待接收的时隙，则该不推荐资源即为第二类型的不推荐资源。可替换地，时隙也可以替换为资源。例如，第二类型的不推荐资源为所在时隙为第一设备不期待接收的资源。
此外，可替换地，第一类型的不推荐资源为基于干扰的资源，具体可以根据条件来确定。例如，第一设备不推荐的资源可以是根据第一条件确定的资源，第一条件可以为：该资源对应的RSRP的测量值大于第一门限值；或者，该资源对应的RSRP的测量值小于第二门限值(此种情况下，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备)。第二类型的不推荐资源为基于半双工的不推荐资源，此种情况下，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。若第一设备基于半双工的工作模式，不期待在一个资源上接收来自于第二设备的传输，则该资源即为第二类型的不推荐资源。
在不推荐资源包括两种类型的不推荐资源的情况下，第一设备向第二设备指示不推荐资源时，需要向第二设备指示不推荐资源具体为第一类型的不推荐资源或第二类型的不推荐资源，以及第一类型的不推荐资源的数量和第二类型的不推荐资源的数量。
为了方案描述上的清楚，假设辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的最大数量为L，第一设备向第二设备指示的辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的实际数量为N。也即，第一数量为N，第二数量为L，N≤L，N和L均为整数。
在本申请中，第一指示信息指示第一数量N，有多种可能的实现，如下面的(1)～(6)，下面做详细介绍。
在以下介绍的实现方式中，假设辅助信息是由SCI-2和MAC CE承载的或者是由MACCE承载的。
(1)第一指示信息指示第一数量。
可选地，在一种实现中，第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量N，N个组合中的每个组合指示一组辅助资源，每组辅助资源包含不止一个辅助资源。可选地，N个组合中的每个组合所指示的一组辅助资源可以是推荐的辅助资源或不推荐的辅助资源。
示例性地，第一指示信息包含
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000074
个比特，该
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000075
个比特指示第一数量，其中，L为第二终端能够向第一终端指示的组合的最大数量。
可选地，在辅助信息承载于SCI-2和MAC CE的情况下，第一指示信息可以为SCI-1，SCI-1中的
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000076
个比特指示第一数量；在辅助资源承载于MAC CE的情况下，第一指示信息可以为SCI-2或MAC CE，其中，SCI-2或者MAC CE指示第一数量。
可选地，在本申请中，当N个组合中的某个组合指示一组不推荐资源，不推荐资源可以分为两种类型，分别为第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源。其中，第一类型的不推荐资源是第一设备不推荐的资源，第二类型的不推荐资源为第二设备不期待接收第一设备的传输的资源。
换句话说，第一类型的不推荐资源是基于资源的干扰程度而不推荐的资源，第二类型的不推荐资源是由于第一设备的半双工工作模式而不推荐的资源。
(2)第一指示信息指示第一数量，以及第三指示信息指示第三数量，其中，第一数量为不推荐的辅助资源(即不推荐资源)的资源指示信息的组合的数量N，第三数量为第一组合的数量P或者第二组合的数量Q，其中，第一组合为指示第一类型的辅助资源的组合，第二组合为指示第二类型的辅助资源的组合；
以及，P个第一组合所指示的P组辅助资源和Q个第二组合所指示的Q组辅助资源在时域上是以预配置或者配置的顺序排列的，0≤P≤N，0≤Q≤N，P和Q为整数。
在这种实现方式中，第一设备向第二设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示组合的实际数量为N，并且，N个组合中的每个组合指示一组不推荐的辅助资源(即不推荐资源)。可选地，第一设备向第二设备发送第三指示信息，第三指示信息指示第一组合的数量P，或者，第三指示信息指示第二组合的数量Q。可以理解的是，由于每个组合指示一组辅助资源，若第三指示信息指示第一组合的数量P，则P个第二组合指示P组辅助资源，若第三指示信息指示第二组合的数量Q，则Q个第二组合指示Q组辅助资源。并且，由于N个组合中的第一组合所指示的辅助资源和第二组合所指示的辅助资源以预配置或配置的顺序排列，因此，根据第一指示信息和第三指示信息，以及N个组合中的第一组合所指示的辅助资源和第二组合所指示的辅助资源排列顺序，第一终端可以准确区分第一组合和第二数量各自的数量和位置。
其中，第一组合所指示的辅助资源和第二组合所指示的辅助资源的排列顺序，可以理解为，第一组合在前，第二组合在后；或者第二组合在前，第一组合在后；第一组合在第二组合前；或者第一组合在第二组合后。
例如，第一指示信息指示第一数量N＝3，第三指示信息指示第一组合的数量P＝2，同时预配置或配置N个组合中的第一组合位于第二组合之前，则第二设备根据第一指示信息和第三指示信息，以及第一组合和第二组合的排列顺序可知，第一设备实际指示了3个组合，其中，第一组合有2个，则第二组合有1个，并且2个第一组合是这3个组合中的前2个组合，1个第二组合位于2个第一组合之后。
由于第一指示信息指示的N为第一设备向第二设备指示的组合的实际数量，若组合的最大数量为L，则N的取值范围为[0,L]或[1,L]。当N的取值范围为[0,L]且N＝0时，表示第一设备不向第二设备指示辅助资源。当N＝L时，表示第一设备向第二设备指示L组辅助资源，并且L组辅助资源均为不推荐的辅助资源(不推荐资源)。
例如，在一种实现中，第一指示信息包含于SCI-1，第一指示信息指示组合的实际数量N，同时再额外使用SCI-1中的1比特来指示是否有调度辅助资源。也即，SCI-1包括2个字段，一个字段指示组合的实际数量N(记作第三字段)，另外一个字段为该1比特，用于指示是否有辅助资源。在这种实现中，当SCI-1中的1比特指示有SCI-1调度辅助资源时，SCI-1中的第三字段指示组合的实际数量，组合的实际数量的取值范围为[1,L]；当SCI-1中的1比特指示SCI-1没有调度辅助资源，则SCI-1中的第一部分可以缺省，或者第一终端将其视作无效值。在这种实现中，第一指示信息需要占用SCI-1的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000077
又例如，在另一种实现中，第一指示信息为SCI-1，SCI-1指示组合的实际数量N，并且用实际数量N为0来隐含表示第一设备不向第二设备指示辅助资源。在这种实现中，SCI-1所指示的组合的实际数量N的取值范围为[0,L]。在这种实现中，第一指示信息需要占用SCI-1的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000078
另外，第三指示信息指示第一组合的数量P，P的取值范围为[0,L],需要占用的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000079
其中，P＝0表示N个组合中第一组合的数量为0，也即，第一设备向第二设备指示的不推荐资源中无第一类型的不推荐资源；P＝L表示第一组合的数量为L，也即，第一设备向第二设备指示的不推荐资源全部为第一类型的不推荐资源，并且此时N＝L。
以上以第三指示信息指示第一组合的数量P为例作了说明，当第三指示信息指示第二组合的数量Q时，也是类似的，下面简单说明。
例如，在一种实现中，第一指示信息和第三指示信息包含于SCI-1，第一指示信息指示组合的实际数量N，N的取值范围为[0,L],第一指示信息需要占用SCI-1的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000080
同时，第三指示信息指示第二组合的数量Q，Q的取值范围为[0,L]，需要占用的比特数为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000081
在通过第一指示信息指示组合的实际数量N，以及第三指示信息指示第一组合的数量P或者第二组合的数量Q的这种实现中，当第一指示信息指示的数量N，以及第三指示信息指示的数量P或Q均为0时，表示SCI-1所调度的内容不包括辅助资源。
可选地，上文中关于第一指示信息的信令形式，对于第三指示信息也同样是适用的。例如，第三指示信息可以为SCI-1中的预留信息；或者，第三指示信息可以为SCI-1中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；或者，第三指示信息为SCI-1中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，所述第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态；或者，第三指示信息包含SCI-1中，但是第一级SCI-1不包含MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。进一步可选地，这里的SCI-1格式可以为SCI格式1-A，或其它SCI格式，不做限定。
(3)第一指示信息指示第一数量，具体为第一指示信息指示第一组合的数量P和第二组合的数量Q，P+Q＝N，其中，第一组合为指示第一类型的辅助资源的组合，第二组合为指示第二类型的辅助资源的组合，P和Q均为整数。
示例性地，第一指示信息包含于SCI-1，SCI-1中用
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000082
个比特来指示两种类型的不推荐资源的数量(即P和Q)，其中包含无辅助资源的状态。具体地，当P和Q的数量均为0，则表示无辅助资源，或者说第一设备不向第二设备指示不推荐的辅助资源。
可以理解的是，P和Q同时也满足P+Q≤L。
下面以表2为例对该实现方式进行示例说明。在表2的示例中，L＝3。
表2
N P Q
3 0 3
3 1 2
3 2 1
3 3 0
2 0 2
2 1 1
2 2 0
1 0 1
1 1 0
0 0 0
(4)第一指示信息指示第一数量，第四指示信息指示N个组合所指示的N组辅助资源的类型，其中，N组辅助资源的类型为推荐资源、第一类型的不推荐资源以及第二类型的不推荐资源中的一种，或者N组辅助资源的类型为第一类型的不推荐资源以及第二类型的不推荐资源中的一种。其中，第一类型的不推荐资源是第二终端不推荐的资源；第二类型的不推荐资源为所在时隙为第二设备不期待接收的时隙(不推荐资源为第二设备不期待接收的资源)。
换句话说，在这种实现方式中，第二终端向第一终端指示辅助资源时，每次仅指示推荐资源、第一类型的不推荐资源以及第二类型的不推荐资源中的一种。即，第二终端通过第一指示信息区分辅助资源的三种类型。
示例性地，第四指示信息包含于SCI-1，第四指示信息为2比特，该2比特可用于指示推荐资源、第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源共3种类型，如表3的示例。
表3
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000083
示例性地，第四指示信息包含于SCI-1，第四指示信息为1比特，该1比特可用于指示第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源。
可选地，上文中关于第一指示信息的信令形式，对于第四指示信息也同样是适用的。例如，第四指示信息可以为SCI-1中的预留信息；或者，第四指示信息可以为SCI-1中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；或者，第四指示信息为SCI-1中的MCS指示信 息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，SCI-1中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态；或者，第四指示信息包含SCI-1中，但是第一级SCI-1不包含MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。进一步可选地，这里的SCI-1格式可以为SCI格式1-A，或其它SCI格式，不做限定。
(5)第一指示信息指示第一数量，第一数量为组合的实际数量N，以及，第五指示信息包含L个比特，L个比特中包含N个比特，该N个比特与N个组合一一对应，其中，该N个组合为指示不推荐资源的组合，该N个比特中的每个比特指示所对应的组合所指示的辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源或第二类型的不推荐资源。
应理解，在该实现方式中，第一设备向第二设备指示的组合的最大数量为L，第一设备向第二设备指示的组合的实际数量为N，该N个组合所指示的N组辅助资源均为不推荐资源。其中，不推荐资源可以为第一类型的不推荐资源，也可以为第二类型的不推荐资源。
示例性地，SCI-1中包含第一指示信息，且第一指示信息为
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000084
个比特，第一指示信息指示组合的实际数量N，N的取值范围为[0,L]。
另外，SCI-1中包含第五指示信息，第五指示信息采用比特映射(bitmap)的方式指示该N个组合所指示的不推荐资源为第一类型的不推荐资源或第二类型的不推荐资源。
下面对该实现方式进行举例说明。
例如，L＝3，N＝2，即组合的最大数量为3，第一设备向第二设备指示的组合的实际数量为2，且第一设备向第二设备指示的N个组合(也即2个组合)所指示的辅助资源均为不推荐资源。根据该实现方式，第一指示信息包含2个比特(即
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000085
)，这2个比特用于指示组合的实际数量N，例如，当第一指示信息的2个比特的状态为10，表示组合的实际数量为2个，同时第五指示信息包含3个比特(即，对应L个组合)，假设该3个比特记作b 2b 1b 0，且从最低有效位(the least significant bit,LSB)起的N个比特(或者从最高有效位(the most significant bit,MSB)起的N个比特)对应N个组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型，例如，1表示第一类型的不推荐资源，0表示第二类型的不推荐辅助资源，则第五指示信息为101表示第一指示信息所指示的2个组合中的第一个组合为第一类型的不推荐资源，该2个组合中的第二个组合为第二类型的不推荐资源。综上，第一指示信息为10，且第五指示信息为101，联合指示了组合的实际数量N(N＝2)以及N个组合中的每个组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型。基于相同的指示原则，在另一个示例中，若第一指示信息为11，且第五指示信息为110，则联合指示了组合的实际数量N(N＝3)，以及这3个组合所指示的不推荐资源依次为第二类型的不推荐资源、第一类型的不推荐资源和第一类型的不推荐资源。
在该实现方式中，第五指示信息包含L个比特仅是作为一个示例。在另一个示例中，第五指示信息包含N个比特，该N个比特与N个组合一一对应，该N个比特中的每个比特指示与其对应的组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型。在该示例中，由于第一设备向第二设备指示的组合的实际数量是变化的，因此，第五指示信息包含的比特数(或者说第五指示信息的长度)是可变的。
可选地，上文中关于第一指示信息的信令形式，对于第五指示信息也同样是适用的。例如，第五指示信息可以为SCI-1中的预留信息；或者，第五指示信息可以为SCI-1中的 MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；或者，第五指示信息为SCI-1中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，SCI-1中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态；或者，第五指示信息包含SCI-1中，但是第一级SCI-1不包含MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。进一步可选地，这里的SCI-1格式可以为SCI格式1-A，或其它SCI格式，不做限定。
(6)第一指示信息包含在SCI-1中，SCI-1中的一些字段指示N个组合中第三组合的数量和/或第三组合所指示的辅助资源的类型，其中，第三组合为N个组合中指示不推荐资源的组合。
需要特别注意的是，第三组合是指N个组合中指示不推荐资源的组合，基于上文对第一组合和第二组合的说明可知，一个第三组合可以是一个第一组合或一个第二组合。因此，当N个组合中包含多个第三组合的情况下，该多个第三组合中的部分第三组合可能为第一组合，另外一部分第三组合可能为第二组合。
在一种实现中，SCI-1调度辅助信息，SCI-1所调度的辅助信息不和数据复用，SCI-1中的第一字段或第一字段的部分比特或者第一字段的部分状态指示第三组合的数量和/或第三组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型，其中，第三组合为N个组合中指示不推荐资源的组合。
在该实现中，SCI-1调度辅助信息且辅助信息不和数据复用，此时，SCI-1中的和数据解码相关的字段不再需要，这些字段中的至少一个可以用于指示第三组合的数量和/或第三组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型。
示例性地，SCI-1中的第一字段可能为如下之一：
MCS指示字段；
MCS表格指示字段；
资源预留周期字段。
其中，MCS指示字段如表4中的Modulation and coding scheme，MCS表格指示字段如表1中的Additional MCS table indicator，资源预留周期字段如表4中的Resourcereservation period。此外，本申请一些实施例中提及的第一级SCI的预留字段也可以如表4中的DMRS pattern，2nd-stage SCI format，Beta offset indicator，Number of DMRS port，PSFCH overhead indication，或Reserved中的一种，不做限定。相应地，第一级SCI中的预留信息即可以为这些字段中的预留状态(或者说，还未被使用的状态)。
表4
SCI-1中可能包含的字段 字段对应的比特数(bits)
Priority 3
Frequency resource assignment(即FRIV) 0～13
time resource assignment(即TRIV) 5～9
Resource reservation period 0～4
DMRS pattern 1,2
2nd-stage SCI format 2
Beta offset indicator 2
Number of DMRS port 1
Modulation and coding scheme 5
Additional MCS table indicator 0,1,2
PSFCH overhead indication 0,1
Reserved 2,3,4
sum 19
在另一种实现中，SCI-1中的预留比特用于指示N个组合中的第三组合的数量和/或第三组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型。
可选地，上述实现方式(1)～(5)，可以与(6)结合使用。例如，实现方式(1)～(5)中的用于指示数量或类型的指示信息或字段，可以为实现方式(6)中的第一字段。
另外，上述实现方式(1)～(6)是以辅助信息由SCI-2和MAC CE承载为假设前提。如果辅助信息承载于MAC CE中，则组合的实际数量也可以由SCI-2或者MAC CE指示。例如，SCI-2指示组合的实际数量，则第二设备可以根据SCI-2中所指示的组合的实际数量，确定MAC CE中携带的组合的数量。又例如，MAC CE指示组合的实际数量，此时，第二设备可以从MAC CE中获知第一设备指示的组合的实际数量，以及从MAC CE中获得辅助信息，此时MAC CE的长度是可变的。
示例性的，组合的实际数量可以由MAC CE中的比特指示；
示例性的，组合的实际数量可以由MAC CE中的MAC子头指示；
示例性的，组合的实际数量可以由MAC CE中的MAC头指示；
示例性的，组合的实际数量可以由MAC CE中的MAC PDU指示。
可选的，上述示例性的方法可以结合使用。
以上对本申请中第一指示信息指示第一数量的多种可能实现作了详细介绍。
当第一设备向第二设备指示的N个组合中包含指示不推荐资源的组合的情况下，第一设备需要向第二设备指示不推荐资源的类型，具体地，不推荐资源的类型包括第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源。这样既指示了不推荐资源的数量，又指示了不推荐资源的类型。第二设备可以根据两种类型的不推荐资源的特点，最大调度的利用不推荐资源，比如，不使用第二类型的不推荐资源，在资源不够的情况下使用一部分第一类型的不推荐资源，或者在资源不够的情况下使用第一类型的不推荐资源中干扰程度相对较低的那一部分资源，用于提高自身传输的可靠性。
在上文介绍的第一指示信息指示第一数量的实现方式(1)～(6)中，部分实现方式中既涉及到组合的数量的指示，也涉及到不推荐资源的类型的指示。下面再给出一些第一设备向第二设备指示不推荐资源的类型的实现方式，如下面的方式1～方式3。
方式1
参见图12，图12为本申请提供的发送信息的方法的示意性流程图。
610、第一设备确定频域资源指示信息。
其中，频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定所述辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；频域资源的第二取值用于确定所述辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙。
辅助资源的频域起始位置可以理解为辅助资源在资源池内的频域起始位置，例如，以 资源池内的频域索引最低的子信道为起始点，和辅助资源包含的子信道中频域索引最低的子信道之间的频域偏移值。
可替换地，这里的辅助资源的大小可以为辅助资源的频域长度或频域大小。例如，频域大小是辅助资源包含的子信道中，频域索引最大的子信道和频域索引最小的子信道之间的频域偏移值。
另外，根据上文对辅助资源的介绍可知，辅助资源用于第一设备的资源选择。换句话说，辅助资源为第二设备在进行资源选择时参考或者考虑辅助资源。或者可以替换理解为，辅助资源为第二设备进行资源选择时的参考资源，即第一设备可以使用辅助资源，或者不使用辅助资源。示例性的，辅助资源是不推荐资源或推荐资源。不推荐资源是第一设备不推荐第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择过程中使用的资源。推荐资源是第一设备推荐第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择过程中使用的资源。第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择的过程中，可以使用第一设备提供的不推荐资源或推荐资源。当辅助资源是不推荐资源，第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择的过程中，排除和不推荐资源有重叠的资源。当辅助资源是推荐资源，第二设备在用于自身传输的资源选择的过程中，使用的资源既是推荐资源又是自身感知结果所确定的资源。
在该实现方式中，频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源。其中，第一设备不推荐的资源可以是指对应的RSRP的测量值大于第一门限值的资源。例如，第一设备根据PSCCH DMRS或PSSCH DMRS测量的RSRP测量值大于配置的门限值的资源。其中，PSCCH DMRS是指示该资源的SCI所在的PSCCH的DMRS，PSSCH DMRS是指示该资源的SCI所调度的PSSCH的DMRS。配置的门限值可以是网络设备配置的，或者是预配置的。
可选的，第一设备不推荐的资源可以是指对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的另一个门限值(例如，第二门限值)的资源。
此外，第一设备不推荐的资源还可以理解为第一设备基于干扰程度确定的资源，具体可以根据条件来确定。例如，第一设备不推荐的资源可以是根据第一条件确定的资源，第一条件可以为：该资源对应的RSRP的测量值大于第一门限值。例如，第一设备检测到其他设备的SCI所指示的预留资源对应的RSRP的测量值大于第一门限值，其中第一门限值是根据第一设备用于辅助资源的资源选择过程中所使用的优先级和其他设备的SCI所指示的优先级确定的。其他设备的SCI所指示的预留资源对应的RSRP的测量值是根据其他设备的SCI所在的PSCCH的DMRS，或者其他设备的SCI所调度的PSSCH的DMRS测量的。第一门限值可以是网络设备配置的，或者是预配置的。
可选的，第一条件可以为：该资源对应的RSRP的测量值小于第二门限值。例如，第一设备检测到其他设备的SCI所指示的预留资源对应的RSRP的测量值小于第二门限值，其中第二门限值是根据第一设备用于辅助资源的资源选择过程中所使用的优先级和其他设备的SCI所指示的优先级确定的。并且第一设备是第二设备和/或其他设备的接收设备(第一设备是第二设备和/或其他设备所发送的传输块TB的接收设备)。
另外，根据上文对不推荐资源的两种类型的介绍可知，这里，频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定所述辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源。
进一步，频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定所述辅助资源为第二类型的不推荐资 源。第二类型的不推荐资源可以理解为，第一设备作为第二设备的接收设备，不期待接收的时隙(资源)。第二类型的不推荐资源是由于设备的半双工限制而不推荐的资源。设备存在半双工限制，在同一时间只能接收或发送，无法在同一时间接收和发送。因此在第一设备期待发送的时隙(资源)，第一设备不期待接收，这样的资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。
可选地，频域资源指示信息的第二取值可以为频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可替换地，预留状态为预留码点。其中，预留状态是指未用于指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和频域长度的状态。例如，在用频域资源指示信息指示资源的频域起始位置和频域长度时，有的状态没有被用于指示资源的频域起始位置和频域长度，该未被使用的状态称为预留状态。
示例性地，频域资源指示信息可以为FRIV字段。FRIV字段的预留状态可以理解为，FRIV字段为9比特，可以指示512个状态，但是用于指示频域起始位置和长度的状态少于512个，则剩余状态为预留状态，可以另作他用。
其中，FRIV字段的取值可以如下面的公式(a)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000086
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000087
为资源池所包含的子信道个数，可以由基站配置或预配置；L subCH为所指示的资源的频域长度；
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000088
为第二个辅助资源的起始位置，i为正整数；
或者，FRIV字段的取值可以如下面的公式(b)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000089
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000090
为资源池所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所指示的辅助资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000091
为第一个辅助资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000092
为第二个辅助资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
或者，FRIV字段的取值可以如下面的公式(c)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000093
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000094
为资源池所包含的子信道个数，可以由基站配置或预配置；L subCH为所指示的辅助资源的大小；
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000095
为第二个辅助资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000096
为第三个辅助资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
或者，FRIV字段的取值可以如下面的公式(d)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000097
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所指示的辅助资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000098
为第一个辅助资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000099
为第二个辅助资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000100
为第三个辅助资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
或者，FRIV字段的取值可以如下面的公式(e)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000101
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所指示的辅助资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000102
为第一个辅助资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000103
为第二个辅助资源的起始位置。
或者，FRIV字段的取值可以如下面的公式(f)：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000104
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所指示的辅助资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000105
为第一个辅助资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000106
为第二个辅助资源的起始位置,
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000107
为第三个辅助资源的起始位置。
可选地，在频域资源指示信息指示1个资源的频域起始位置和2个资源的频域长度的情况下，频域资源指示信息的第一取值的范围和第二取值的范围可以如下：
频域资源指示信息的第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000108
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数；
频域资源指示信息的第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000109
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
或者，可选地，频域资源指示信息的第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000110
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数；
频域资源指示信息的第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000111
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在频域资源指示信息指示2个资源的频域起始位置和3个资源的频域长度的情况下，频域资源指示信息的第一取值的范围和第二取值的范围可以如下：
频域资源指示信息的第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000112
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数；
频域资源指示信息的第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000113
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
或者，频域资源指示信息的第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000114
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数；
频域资源指示信息的第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000115
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
620、第一设备向第二设备发送频域资源指示信息。
相应地，第二设备接收来自于第一设备的频域资源指示信息。
630、第二设备根据频域资源指示信息，确定辅助资源(具体为不推荐资源)的类型。
这里，辅助资源的类型是指第一设备的不推荐资源的两种类型。第二设备确定辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源或第二类型的不推荐资源。
可选地，第一设备发送频域资源指示信息，具体可以是第一设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息包含频域资源指示信息。
此外，辅助信息中还可以包括辅助资源的其它信息，例如，辅助资源的时域资源指示信息，示例性地，时域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的时域位置。可选地，时域资源指示信息可以为TRIV字段。此外可选地，辅助信息还可以包含资源预留周期，不做限定。
第一设备向第二设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息中包含辅助资源的资源指示信息的N个组合。其中，N个组合中的每个组合包含频域资源指示信息。以N个组合中的组合a为例，若组合a中包含的频域资源指示信息为第一取值，表示组合a所指示的辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的辅助资源(也即第一类型的不推荐资源)；若组合a中包含的频域资源指示信息为第二取值，表示组合a所指示的辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙(也即第二类型的不推荐资源)。换句话说，第一设备在第二类型的不推荐资源上不期待接收来自于第二设备的传输，该第二类型的不推荐资源为时隙(该时隙对应的全部频域资源)。
可选地，频域资源指示信息的第一取值可以为一个或多个。当频域资源指示信息配置有多个第一取值时，任意一个第一取值均可用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源。
同样地，频域资源指示信息的第二取值可以为一个或多个。当频域资源指示信息配置有多个第二取值时，任意一个第二取值均可表示：辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙(辅助资源是第一设备作为第二设备的接收设备不期待接收的资源)。
可替换地，频域资源指示信息可以为FRIV字段，FRIV字段的状态也可以称为FRIV的码点。第一取值和第二取值为FRIV字段的不同状态，可选地，第二取值为FRIV字段的预留状态。应理解，这里的FRIV字段的状态可以根据上述公式(a)～(d)来确定(具体地，N max＝2时可以选择公式(a)或(b)；N max＝3时可以选择公式(c)或(d))。另外，第一取值的范围和第二取值的范围也可以参见步骤610中的说明，不再赘述。
另外，上述公式(a)～(d)依次对应上文中的公式(1)～(4)。
下面的表5和表6分别为N max＝2或3的情况下，在资源池的各种子信道个数下，FRIV字段的状态个数(或者说，码点个数)、FRIV字段的字段长度等。
表5(N max＝2)
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000116
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000117
表6(N max＝3)
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000118
应注意，在表5或表6中，当资源池中只有一个子信道的情况下，辅助资源为整个时隙，此时不需要区分不推荐资源的类型。
参见图13，图13为不同L下的候选资源位置。举例来说，L＝2，且资源池中子信道个数为3时，FRIV字段可能的状态有6个。若FRIV字段为3个比特，则FRIV字段可以指示8个状态，因此，FRIV字段所指示的8个状态中有2个预留状态，其中，该2个预留状态即为FRIV字段的第二取值，该8个状态中除了2个预留状态之外的其它6个状态即为FRIV字段的第一取值。
在该实现方式中，实际上是利用了FRIV字段的特殊状态(或者说特殊码点)来指示不推荐资源的类型。本文中，FRIV字段的特殊状态是指FRIV字段的所有状态中未被使用的状态，也可以称为预留状态。通过区分两种类型的不推荐资源，第一设备可以提供给第二设备(被辅助的设备)更多的信息，进而第二设备可以对两种不同类型的不推荐资源进行不同的处理。例如，当第二设备待使用的资源不充足时，第二设备在两种类型的不推 荐资源中，可以使用一部分第一类型的不推荐资源。这是因为第一类型的不推荐资源是第一设备根据干扰程度确定，第二设备使用这部分资源，传输可靠性提升的幅度会有所下降，但是对于传输可靠性提升还是有益的。第二类型的不推荐资源是第一设备作为第二设备的接收设备而不期待第二设备使用的资源，第二设备使用该类型资源，第一设备由于半双工限制而无法接收，此时传输一定会失败。因此，区分两种类型的不推荐资源，可以使得第二设备最大限度利用两种类型的不推荐资源，提高自身传输的可靠性。
如上所述，在方法600或其任意的实现方式中，通过频域资源指示的第一取值和第二取值，分别指示不推荐的辅助资源的两种类型。具体地，可以通过频域资源指示信息(例如FRIV字段)的预留状态(对应第二取值)指示辅助资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。可选地，基于方法600中的设计构思，也可以通过时域资源指示信息或者资源预留周期信息来指示不推荐的辅助资源的两种类型。
示例性地，方法600或其任一实现方式中的频域资源指示信息也可以替换为时域资源指示信息。其中，时域资源指示信息指示资源的时域位置。可选地，时域资源指示信息可以是TRIV字段。TRIV字段的预留状态可用于指示辅助资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。TRIV字段的预留状态是指不用于指示资源的时域位置的状态。
其中，TRIV字段的取值可根据如下公式确定：
假设SCI指示1个资源，则TRIV＝0；
假设SCI指示2个资源，则TRIV＝t 1，1≤t 1≤31；
假设SCI指示3个资源，如果(t 2-t 1-1)≤15，则TRIV＝30(t 2-t 1-1)+t 1+31，否则TRIV＝30(31-t 2+t 1)+62-t 1，1≤t 1≤30，t 1<t 2≤31。
示例性地，还可以将方法600或其任一实现方式中的频域资源指示信息替换为资源预留周期，资源预留周期信息指示资源的预留周期。示例性地，资源预留周期信息可以是资源预留周期字段。资源预留周期字段的预留状态可用于指示辅助资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。其中，资源预留周期字段的预留状态是指该资源预留周期字段的不用于指示资源的预留周期的状态。
方式2
参见图14，图14为本申请提供的发送信息的方法的示意性流程图。
710、第一设备确定辅助资源对应的RSRP的测量信息。
其中，RSRP的测量信息具有第一测量值或第二测量值；第一测量值用于确定辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；第二测量值用于确定辅助资源所在时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙。
根据上文对不推荐资源的两种类型的介绍可知，在该实现方式中，RSRP的测量信息的第一测量值用于确定辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源。RSRP的测量信息的第二测量值用于确定辅助资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。
可选地，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源，其中，第一设备为第二设备的接收设备。
可选地，RSRP的测量信息的第二测量值可以为一个或多个。当RSRP的测量信息有多个第二测量值时，任意一个第二测量值均可用于确定辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不 期待接收的时隙。
示例性地，RSRP的测量信息的第二测量值为如下一种或多种：
配置的RSRP测量值的上限值；
配置的RSRP测量值的下限值；
正无穷；
负无穷。
720、第一设备向第二设备发送RSRP的测量信息。
第二设备接收来自于第一设备的RSRP的测量信息。
730、第二设备根据RSRP的测量信息，确定辅助资源(具体为不推荐资源)的类型。
这里，辅助资源的类型是指第一设备的不推荐资源的两种类型。第二设备确定辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源或第二类型的不推荐资源。
可选地，第一设备向第二设备发送RSRP的测量信息，具体可以是第一设备向第二设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息包含RSRP的测量信息。
此外，辅助信息中还可以包括辅助资源的其它信息，例如，辅助资源的时域资源指示信息和频域资源指示信息。其中，时域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的时域位置。可选地，时域资源指示信息可以为TRIV字段。频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小。可选地，频域资源指示信息可以为FRIV字段。此外可选地，辅助信息还可以包含资源预留周期，不做限定。
第一设备向第二设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息中包含辅助资源的资源指示信息的N个组合。以N个组合中的组合b为例，若组合b中包含RSRP的测量信息，且RSRP的测量信息为第一测量值，则表示组合b所指示的辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的辅助资源(也即第一类型的不推荐资源)；若组合b中包含的RSRP的测量信息为第二测量值，表示组合b所指示的辅助资源所在的时隙为第一设备不期待接收的时隙(也即第二类型的不推荐资源)。换句话说，第一设备在第二类型的不推荐资源上不期待接收来自于第二设备的传输，该第二类型的不推荐资源为时隙。
在该实现方式中，RSRP的测量信息可以是辅助信息中与RSRP的测量值相关的字段。例如，RSRP的测量信息可以为RSRP的测量值，或者RSRP的测量值的量化值，或者RSRP的门限，或者RSRP的门限的量化值，或者RSRP的测量值与RSRP的门限的差值，或者RSRP的测量值与RSRP的门限的差值的量化值等，本申请对此不作限定。
例如，RSRP的测量值区间为[A,B]，若第二设备检测到组合b中的RSRP的测量信息为B，则表示组合b所指示的辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源。又例如，当第二设备检测到合b中的RSRP的测量信息为无穷大或无穷大对应的量化值，第二设备确定组合b所指示的辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源。
方式3
第一设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息包含辅助资源的资源指示信息的N个组合，该N个组合中的每个组合指示一组辅助资源，其中，该N个组合包括组合c，组合c包含一个比特，该一个比特用于指示组合c所指示的一组辅助资源为第一类型的不推荐资源或第二类型的不推荐资源。
在方式3中，每个组合中增加1比特指示该组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型。
例如，当辅助信息承载于SCI-2和/或MAC CE中，SCI-2中的每个组合中增加1比特来指示该组合所指示的不推荐资源的类型。例如，1表示该组合所指示的不推荐资源为第一类型的不推荐资源，0表示该组合所指示的不推荐资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。
作为一个示例，假设第二设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示的第一数量N＝3，则辅助信息中包含的3个组合可以如下：
组合1:(1+TRIV+FRIV)；
组合2:(1+TRIV+FRIV)；
组合3:(0+TRIV+FRIV)，
上述3个组合中包含的信息的含义为：前2个组合所指示的不推荐资源为第一类型的不推荐资源，第三个组合所指示的不推荐资源为第二类型的不推荐资源。
以上是对第一设备如何向第二设备指示不推荐资源的类型的详细介绍。
以上是对本申请提供指示资源的方法，以及发送信息的方法的详细说明，下面介绍本申请提供的通信装置。
以上对本申请提供的指示资源的方法作了详细说明，下面介绍本申请提供的通信装置。
参见图15，图15为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图15，通信装置1000包括处理单元1100、接收单元1200和发送单元1300。
可选地，通信装置1000可以对应本申请实施例中的第一设备。
在通信装置1000对应第一设备的情况下，在一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
处理单元1100，用于确定频域资源指示信息，
其中，所述频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小，
所述频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定所述辅助资源为所述通信装置不推荐的资源；
所述频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定所述辅助资源所在的时隙为所述通信装置不期待接收的时隙；
发送单元1300，用于向第二设备发送所述频域资源指示信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述辅助资源用于第二设备进行资源选择。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述通信装置为所述第二设备的接收设备。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000119
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000120
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000121
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000122
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
在通信装置1000对应第一设备的情况下，在另一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
处理单元1100，用于确定辅助资源对应的参考信号接收功率RSRP的测量信息，其中，所述RSRP的测量信息具有第一测量值或第二测量值，所述第一测量值用于确定所述辅助资源为所述通信装置不推荐的资源，所述第二测量值用于确定所述辅助资源所在时隙为所述第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
发送单元1300，用于发送所述RSRP的测量信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述通信装置为所述第二设备的接收设备。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述通信装置不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二测量值为如下至少一种：
配置的RSRP测量值的上限值；
配置的RSRP测量值的下限值；
正无穷；
负无穷。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元1300，用于向第二设备发送辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述RSRP的测量信息，所述辅助信息还包括频域资源指示信息、时域资源指示信息和资源预留周期。
在通信装置1000对应第一设备的情况，在再一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
处理单元1100，用于确定第一指示信息，其中，所述第一指示信息指示第一数量N，所述第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，所述辅助资源用于第二设备的资源选择，所述N为非负整数；
发送单元1300，用于发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述通信装置为所述第二设备的接收设备
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N小于或等于第二数量，所述第二数量为配置或预配置的数值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的预留信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
以及，所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指 示信息；或者，
所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，所述第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
以及，所述第一级SCI不包括MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一级SCI的格式不同于SCI格式1-A。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包括第二级SCI或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，所述资源指示信息的组合中包含频域资源指示信息；
其中，所述频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示所述辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；
所述频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示所述资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，所述第四取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述方法还包括：
所述第一设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示所述辅助资源为如下三种情形之一：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
其中，所述第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量和/或所述推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述辅助资源为所述不推荐资源，所述不推荐资源包括第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源；
其中，所述第一类型的不推荐资源为所述第一设备不推荐的资源；所述第二类型的不推荐资源为所述第一设备不期待接收的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第二类型的不推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量和所述第二类型不推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N为0，第一级SCI调度的共享信道中不包含辅助信息，所述辅助信息包含所述资源指示信息。
在通信装置1000对应第一设备的情况，在再一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
处理单元1100，用于确定第一资源，所述第一资源包括资源集中的M个子资源，所述M为正整数；
发送单元1300，用于向第二设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，或者，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的部分子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述通信装置为所述第二设备的接收设备
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息为第二级SCI和/或MAC CE。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段指示所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置，所述第二字段指示所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源之外的子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一字段和所述第二字段为第二级SCI和/或MAC CE中的不同的字段。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二字段还用于指示所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M的值为3，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置、第三个子资源的起始位置，以及所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一个子资源的大小、所述第二个子资源的大小和所述第三个子资源的大小为同一个取值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000123
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000124
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000125
其中，i为正整数，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000126
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000127
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000128
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000130
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000131
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000132
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000133
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000134
为所述第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值满足以下条件：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000135
其中，FRIV为所述第一指示信息的值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000136
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000137
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000138
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000139
为所述第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M的值为2，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一个子资源的大小与所述第二个子资源的大小为同一个取值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的至少一个确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000140
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000141
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000142
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000143
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000145
其中，所述i为正整数，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000146
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000147
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000148
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值满足以下条件：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000149
其中，所述FRIV为所述第一指示信息的值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000150
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000151
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000152
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置由所述M个子资源的大小确定。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M个子资源的大小和所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置满足映射关系，所述映射关系包括以下一项或多项；
所述第一个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小相差一个偏移值；
所述第一个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小之间具有一一映射的关系，所述第一个子资源的起始位置的一个取值，唯一对应所述M个子资源的大小的一个取值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一资源为频域资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源中的M-1个子资源的起始位置，其中，所述第一指示信息所在的时域资源的位置在所述M个子资源的时域位置之前。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息还指示所述M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的资源为所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源，或者所述M个子资源中的最后一个子资源，或者所述M个子资源中除了所述第一个子资源和所述最后一个子资源之外的任一个子资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置由第一时隙和第二时隙之间的时隙偏移值确定，所述第一时隙为所述第一指示信息所在的时隙，所述第二时隙为所述未被指示起始位置的子资源所在的时隙，所述时域偏移值的取值来自于第一配置信息，所述时域偏移值的取值对应的索引值由第一指示信息指示。
可选地，通信装置1000可以对应本申请实施例中的第二设备。
在通信装置1000对应第二设备的情况下，在一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
接收单元1200，用于获取频域资源指示信息，其中，所述频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小，所述频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定所述辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源；所述频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定所述辅助资源所在的时隙为所述第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
处理单元1100，用于根据所述频域资源指示信息，确定所述辅助资源的类型。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述辅助资源用于所述通信装置进行资源选择。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备为所述通信装置的接收设备。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000153
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000154
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000155
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二取值的范围为：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000156
其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
在通信装置1000对应第二设备的情况下，在另一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
接收单元1200，用于获取辅助资源对应的参考信号接收功率RSRP的测量信息，其中，所述RSRP的测量信息具有第一测量值或第二测量值，所述第一测量值用于确定所述辅助资源为第一设备不推荐的资源，所述第二测量值用于确定所述辅助资源所在时隙为所述第一设备不期待接收的时隙；
处理单元1100，用于根据所述RSRP的测量信息，确定所述辅助资源的类型。
可选地，在一个实施例中，
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备为所述通信设备的接收设备。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二测量值为如下至少一种：
配置的RSRP测量值的上限值；
配置的RSRP测量值的下限值；
正无穷；
负无穷。
在通信装置1000对应第二设备的情况下，在再一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元用于实现如下功能：
接收单元1200，用于接收来自于第一设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示第一数量N，所述第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，所述辅助资源用于所述第二设备的资源选择，N为非负整数；
处理单元1100，用于根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备为所述通信装置的接收设备，
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元1200，还用于接收来自于所述第一设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示所述辅助资源为如下三种情形之一：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
其中，所述第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N小于或等于第二数量，所述第二数量为配置或预配置的数值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的预留信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
以及，所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；或者，
所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，所述第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
以及，所述第一级SCI不包括MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一级SCI的格式不同于SCI格式1-A。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息包括第二级SCI或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，所述资源指示信息的组合中包含频域资源指示信息；
其中，所述频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示所述辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；
所述频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示所述资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，所述第四取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述方法还包括：
所述第一设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示所述辅助资源为如下三种情形之一：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
其中，所述第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量和/或所述推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述辅助资源为所述不推荐资源，所述不推荐资源包括第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源；
其中，所述第一类型的不推荐资源为所述第一设备不推荐的资源；所述第二类型的不推荐资源为所述第一设备不期待接收的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，第一设备不推荐的资源包括：
对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第二类型的不推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N包括所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量和所述第二类型不推荐资源的数量。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一数量N为0，第一级SCI调度的共享信道中不包含辅助信息，所述辅助信息包含所述资源指示信息。
在通信装置1000对应第二设备的情况下，在再一个方案中，通信装置1000的各单元 用于实现如下功能：
接收单元1200，用于接收来自于第一设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，或者，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的部分子资源的起始位置；
处理单元1100，用于根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述M个子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一设备为所述通信装置的接收设备。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息为第二级SCI和/或MAC CE。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段指示所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置，所述第二字段指示所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源之外的子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一字段和所述第二字段为第二级SCI和/或MAC CE中的不同的字段。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第二字段还用于指示所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M的值为3，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置、第三个子资源的起始位置，以及所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一个子资源的大小、所述第二个子资源的大小和所述第三个子资源的大小为同一个取值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000157
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000158
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000159
其中，i为正整数，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000160
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000161
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000162
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000163
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000164
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000165
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000166
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000167
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000168
为所述第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值满足以下条件：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000169
其中，FRIV为所述第一指示信息的值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000170
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000171
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000172
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000173
为所述第三个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M的值为2，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源的起始位置，包括：
所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
第一个子资源的起始位置、第二个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一个子资源的大小与所述第二个子资源的大小为同一个取值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的至少一个确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000174
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000175
其中，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000176
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值由以下参数中的一项或多项确定：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000177
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000178
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000179
其中，所述i为正整数，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000180
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000181
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000182
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息的值满足以下条件：
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000183
其中，所述FRIV为所述第一指示信息的值，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000184
为所述资源集所包含的子信道个数，L subCH为所述M个子资源的大小，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000185
为所述第一个子资源的起始位置，
Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-000186
为所述第二个子资源的起始位置，i为正整数。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置由所述M个子资源的大小确定。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M个子资源的大小和所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源的起始位置满足映射关系，所述映射关系包括以下一项或多项；
所述第一个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小相差一个偏移值；
所述第一个子资源的起始位置和所述M个子资源的大小之间具有一一映射的关系，所述第一个子资源的起始位置的一个取值，唯一对应所述M个子资源的大小的一个取值。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一资源为频域资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息指示所述M个子资源中的M-1个子资源的起始位置，其中，所述第一指示信息所在的时域资源的位置在所述M个子资源的时域位置之前。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述第一指示信息还指示所述M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述M个子资源中未被指示起始位置的资源为所述M个子资源中的第一个子资源，或者所述M个子资源中的最后一个子资源，或者所述M个子资源中除了所述第一个子资源和所述最后一个子资源之外的任一个子资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，所述未被指示起始位置的子资源的时域位置由第一时隙和第二时隙之间的时隙偏移值确定，所述第一时隙为所述第一指示信息所在的时隙，所述第二时隙为所述未被指示起始位置的子资源所在的时隙，所述时域偏移值的取值来自于第一配置信息，所述时域偏移值的取值对应的索引值由第一指示信息指示。
在以上各实现方式中，接收单元1200和发送单元1300也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
在通信装置1000对应第一设备的各实施例中，处理单元1100用于执行除了发送和接收的动作之外由第一设备内部实现的处理和/或操作。接收单元1200用于执行第一设备的接收的动作，发送单元1300用于执行第一设备的发送的动作。
例如，在图8中，处理单元1100执行步骤310；发送单元1300执行步骤320中发送的动作。
又例如，在图11中，处理单元1100执行步骤510，发送单元1300执行步骤520中发送的动作。可选地，发送单元1300执行步骤530中发送的动作。
又例如，在图12中，处理单元1100执行步骤610，发送单元1300执行步骤620中发送的动作。
又例如，在图14中，处理单元1100执行步骤710，发送单元1300执行步骤720中发送的动作。
在通信装置1000对应第二设备的各实施例中，处理单元1100用于执行除了发送和接收的动作之外由第二设备内部实现的处理和/或操作。接收单元1200用于执行第二设备的接收的动作，发送单元1300用于执行第二设备的发送的动作。
例如，在图8中，接收单元1200执行步骤320中接收的动作。处理单元1100执行步骤330。
又例如，在图11中，接收单元1200执行步骤520中接收的动作。可选地，接收单元1200执行步骤530中接收的动作。处理单元1100执行步骤540。
又例如，在图12中，接收单元1200执行步骤620中接收的动作。处理单元1100执行步骤630。
又例如，在图14中，接收单元1200执行步骤720中接收的动作。处理单元1100执 行步骤730。
参见图16，图16为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性结构图。如图16，通信装置10包括：一个或多个处理器11，一个或多个存储器12以及一个或多个通信接口13。处理器11用于控制通信接口13收发信号，存储器12用于存储计算机程序，处理器11用于从存储器12中调用并运行该计算机程序，以使得通信装置10执行本申请各方法实施例中由第一设备或第二设备执行的处理。
例如，处理器11可以具有图15中所示的处理单元1100的功能，通信接口13可以具有图15中所示的接收单元1200和/或发送单元1300的功能。具体地，处理器11可以用于执行由通信装置内部执行的处理或操作，通信接口13用于执行通信装置的发送和/或接收的操作。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置10可以为方法实施例中的第一设备。在这种实现方式中，通信接口13可以为第一设备的收发器。收发器可以包括接收器和/或发射器。可选地，处理器11可以为第一设备的基带装置，通信接口13可以为射频装置。
在另一种实现中，通信装置10可以为安装在第一设备中的芯片(或芯片系统)。在这种实现方式中，通信接口13可以为接口电路或者输入/输出接口。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置10可以为方法实施例中的第二设备。在这种实现方式中，通信接口13可以为第二设备的收发器。收发器可以包括接收器和/或发射器。可选地，处理器11可以为第二设备的基带装置，通信接口13可以为射频装置。
在另一种实现中，通信装置10可以为安装在第二设备中的芯片(或芯片系统)。在这种实现方式中，通信接口13可以为接口电路或者输入/输出接口。
其中，图16中器件(例如，处理器、存储器或通信接口)后面的虚线框表示该器件可以为一个以上。
可选地，上述各装置实施例中的存储器与处理器可以是物理上相互独立的单元，或者，存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起，本文不作限定。
此外，本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得本申请各方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得本申请各方法实施例中由第二设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
此外，本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令，当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时，使得本申请各方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令，当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时，使得本申请各方法实施例中由第二设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片的第一设备执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，也可以为接口电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片的第一设备执行任意一个方法实施例中由第二设备执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，也可以为接口电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
可选地，上述处理器可以为一个或多个，所述存储器可以为一个或多个，所述存储器可以为一个或多个。
此外，本申请还提供一种通信装置(例如，可以为芯片或芯片系统)，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口用于接收(或称为输入)数据和/或信息，并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器，所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息，以及，通信接口还用于输出(或称为输出)经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息，以使得任意一个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
本申请还提供一种通信装置(例如，可以为芯片或芯片系统)，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口用于接收(或称为输入)数据和/或信息，并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器，所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息，以及，通信接口还用于输出(或称为输出)经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息，以使得任意一个方法实施例中由第二设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。
此外，本申请还提供一种通信装置，包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，使得所述通信装置执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作和/或处理。
本申请还提供一种通信装置，包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，使得所述通信装置执行任意一个方法实施例中由第二设备执行的操作和/或处理。
此外，本申请还提供一种无线通信系统，包括本申请方法实施例中的第一设备和第二设备。示例性地，第一设备和第二设备可以为侧行链路通信系统中的两个终端设备。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(staticRAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced  SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DRRAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
应理解，说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。
还应理解，本申请中所有设备、信息的名称仅仅是本申请为描述方便而设定的名称，在实际网络中的名称可能不同，不应理解本申请限定各种设备、信息的名称，相反，任何具有和本申请中用到的设备或信息具有相同或类似功能的名称都视作本申请的方法或等效替换，都在本申请的保护范围之内，以下不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。
还应理解，在本申请中，“当…时”、“若”以及“如果”均指在某种客观情况下网元会做出相应的处理，并非是限定时间，且也不要求网元实现时一定要有判断的动作，也不意味着存在其它限定。
还应理解，在本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指一项(个)或多项(个)，即这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，表示：a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c。
此外，采用字符“/”连接的两项之间表示“或”的关系，例如，A/B表示A或B。
还应理解，本申请中出现的类似于“项目包括如下中的一项或多项：A，B，以及C”表述的含义，如无特别说明，通常是指该项目可以为如下中任一个：A；B；C；A和B；A和C；B和C；A，B和C；A和A；A，A和A；A，A和B；A，A和C，A，B和B；A，C和C；B和B，B，B和B，B，B和C，C和C；C，C和C，以及其他A，B和C的组合。以上是以A，B和C共3个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目，当表达为“项目包括如下中至少一种：A，B，……，以及X”时，即表达中具有更多元素时，那么该项目可以适用的条目也可以按照前述规则获得。
还应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如，A/B，表示：A或B。
还应理解，在本申请各实施例中，“A对应B”表示B与A相关联，根据A可以确定B。但还应理解，根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B，还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (50)

  1. 一种发送信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端装置确定频域资源指示信息，
    其中，所述频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小，
    所述频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定所述辅助资源为所述第一终端装置不推荐的资源；
    所述频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定所述辅助资源所在的时隙为所述第一终端装置不期待接收的时隙；
    所述第一终端装置向第二终端装置发送所述频域资源指示信息。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助资源用于所述第二终端装置进行资源选择。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端装置不推荐的资源包括：
    对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
    对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
  5. 如权利要求2-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100001
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  6. 如权利要求2-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100002
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  7. 如权利要求2-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100003
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  8. 如权利要求2,3,4,7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100004
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  9. 一种发送信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端装置确定第一指示信息，其中，所述第一指示信息指示第一数量N，所述第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，所述辅助资源用于第二终端装置的资源选择，N为非负整数；
    所述第一终端装置向所述第二终端装置发送所述第一指示信息。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量N小于或等于第二数量，所述第二数量为配置或预配置的数值。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的预留信息。
  12. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
    以及，所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；或者，
    所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，所述第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。
  13. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
    以及，所述第一级SCI不包括MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。
  14. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一级SCI的格式不同于SCI格式1-A。
  15. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第二级SCI或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。
  16. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，所述资源指示信息的组合中包含频域资源指示信息；
    其中，所述频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示所述辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；
    所述频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示所述资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，所述第四取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
  17. 根据权利要求9-16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端装置发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示所述辅助资源为如下三种情形之一：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
    其中，所述第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量和/或所述推荐资源的数量。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助资源为所述不推荐资源，所述不推荐资源包括第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源；
    其中，所述第一类型的不推荐资源为所述第一终端装置不推荐的资源；所述第二类型的不推荐资源为所述第一终端装置不期待接收的资源。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第二类型的不推荐资源的数量。
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量和所述第二类型不推荐资源的数量。
  23. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量N为0，第一级SCI调度的共享信道中不包含辅助信息，所述辅助信息包含所述资源指示信息。
  24. 一种终端装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定频域资源指示信息，
    其中，所述频域资源指示信息指示辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小，
    所述频域资源指示信息的第一取值用于确定所述辅助资源为所述终端装置不推荐的资源；
    所述频域资源指示信息的第二取值用于确定所述辅助资源所在的时隙为所述终端装置不期待接收的时隙；
    发送单元，用于向第二终端装置发送所述频域资源指示信息。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述辅助资源用于所述第二终端装置进行资源选择。
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述终端装置不推荐的资源包括：
    对应的RSRP的测量值大于配置的第一门限值的资源；或者，
    对应的RSRP的测量值小于配置的第二门限值的资源。
  27. 如权利要求24-26中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第二取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
  28. 如权利要求24-27中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100005
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  29. 如权利要求24-28中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第二取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100006
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  30. 如权利要求25-27中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100007
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  31. 如权利要求25,26,27,30中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第二取值的范围为：
    Figure PCTCN2023070593-appb-100008
    其中，N subCH为资源池所包含的子信道的个数。
  32. 一种终端装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第一指示信息，其中，所述第一指示信息指示第一数量N，所述第一数量为辅助资源的资源指示信息的组合的数量，所述辅助资源用于第二终端装置的资源选择，N为非负整数；
    发送单元，用于向所述第二终端装置发送所述第一指示信息。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量N小于或等于第二数量，所述第二数量为配置或预配置的数值。
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一级SCI中的预留信息。
  35. 根据权利要求32或33所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道仅承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
    以及，所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息；或者，
    所述第一指示信息包括所述第一级SCI中的MCS指示信息的部分比特或部分状态，和/或，所述第一级SCI中的MCS表格指示信息的部分比特或部分状态。
  36. 根据权利要求32或33所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包含在第一级SCI中，所述第一级SCI中的预留信息指示所述第一级SCI调度的共享信道承载辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括所述资源指示信息；
    以及，所述第一级SCI不包括MCS指示信息和/或MCS表格指示信息。
  37. 根据权利要求34-36中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一级SCI的格式不同于SCI格式1-A。
  38. 根据权利要求32或33所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第二级SCI或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE。
  39. 根据权利要求33所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量等于所述第二数量，以及，所述资源指示信息的组合中包含频域资源指示信息；
    其中，所述频域资源指示信息的第三取值用于指示所述辅助资源的频域起始位置和大小；
    所述频域资源指示信息的第四取值用于指示所述资源指示信息的组合为无效组合，所述第四取值为所述频域资源指示信息的预留状态。
  40. 根据权利要求32-39中任一项所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述终端装置还包括：
    所述第一终端装置发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示所述辅助资源为如下三种情形之一：不推荐资源、推荐资源，或者，不推荐资源和推荐资源；
    其中，所述第二指示信息由第一级SCI指示或者配置信令指示。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量和/或所述推荐资源的数量。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述辅助资源为所述不推荐资源，所述不推荐资源包括第一类型的不推荐资源和第二类型的不推荐资源；
    其中，所述第一类型的不推荐资源为所述终端装置不推荐的资源；所述第二类型的不推荐资源为所述终端装置不期待接收的资源。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量。
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述不推荐资源的数量，以及所述第二类型的不推荐资源的数量。
  45. 根据权利要求42所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量N包括所述第一类型的不推荐资源的数量和所述第二类型不推荐资源的数量。
  46. 根据权利要求32所述的终端装置，其特征在于，所述第一数量N为0，第一级SCI调度的共享信道中不包含辅助信息，所述辅助信息包含所述资源指示信息。
  47. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法。
  48. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口用于接收数据和/或信息，并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器，所述处理器根据如权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法处理所述数据和/或信息。
  49. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得如权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法被实现。
  50. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得如权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法被实现。
PCT/CN2023/070593 2022-01-11 2023-01-05 发送信息的方法和通信装置 WO2023134527A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210028261.9A CN116471571A (zh) 2022-01-11 2022-01-11 发送信息的方法和通信装置
CN202210028261.9 2022-01-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023134527A1 true WO2023134527A1 (zh) 2023-07-20

Family

ID=87182968

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/070593 WO2023134527A1 (zh) 2022-01-11 2023-01-05 发送信息的方法和通信装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116471571A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023134527A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108370589A (zh) * 2015-12-11 2018-08-03 高通股份有限公司 用于分布式非调度传输的网络辅助
CN112640499A (zh) * 2020-12-14 2021-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 资源选择方法、资源选择装置及存储介质
WO2021190628A1 (zh) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-30 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息传输方法和终端设备
WO2021212464A1 (zh) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 华为技术有限公司 用于资源选择的方法和终端装置
WO2022002125A1 (zh) * 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 旁链路辅助信息的确定方法、装置及电子设备

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108370589A (zh) * 2015-12-11 2018-08-03 高通股份有限公司 用于分布式非调度传输的网络辅助
WO2021190628A1 (zh) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-30 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息传输方法和终端设备
WO2021212464A1 (zh) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 华为技术有限公司 用于资源选择的方法和终端装置
WO2022002125A1 (zh) * 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 旁链路辅助信息的确定方法、装置及电子设备
CN112640499A (zh) * 2020-12-14 2021-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 资源选择方法、资源选择装置及存储介质

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANRITSU: "Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for serving cell in feICIC RSRP and RSRQ test cases", 3GPP DRAFT; 36133_CR2784_(REL-11)_R4-150457, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG4, no. Athens, Greece; 20150209 - 20150213, 7 March 2015 (2015-03-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP050933040 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Support for the signalling of the capability for receiving WUS assistance information", 3GPP DRAFT; C1-201058, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. CT WG1, no. Electronic meeting; 20200220 - 20200228, 27 February 2020 (2020-02-27), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051856647 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116471571A (zh) 2023-07-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3566382B1 (en) Method and user equipment for multi-carrier data transmission
US11496247B2 (en) Codebook feedback for data retransmissions
EP3780441B1 (en) Method for determining transport block size, and apparatus
WO2021063002A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法和设备
US11588581B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of sidelink control information in wireless communication system
US20200280981A1 (en) Method and apparatus for managing resource pool in wireless communication system
WO2019007183A1 (zh) 一种资源选择方法及装置
EP3697015A1 (en) User equipment and system performing transmission and reception operations
CN114080773A (zh) 具有不同服务类型的harq-ack码本的sr传输的优先级区分
US20230007630A1 (en) System and method for sidelink configuration
US20210410122A1 (en) Systems and methods for slot offset information management
WO2020020292A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN111294940A (zh) 发射功率的分配方法及装置、存储介质、终端
CN112887074B (zh) 信息发送方法、装置、终端、接入网设备及系统
US20220360409A1 (en) System and method for sidelink configuration
WO2020113424A1 (zh) 确定传输块大小tbs的方法和设备
WO2023134527A1 (zh) 发送信息的方法和通信装置
CN115567890A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023030199A1 (zh) 资源指示方法及通信装置
WO2023193158A1 (en) System and method of mapping between different types of bandwidth parts
WO2023130282A1 (zh) 资源排除方法、装置、设备、存储介质及程序产品
CN118042628A (zh) 一种资源选择方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23739871

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1